ML092870768
| ML092870768 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Browns Ferry |
| Issue date: | 10/14/2009 |
| From: | Division of Reactor Safety II |
| To: | |
| References | |
| 50-259/09/301, 50-260/09/301, 50-296/09/301 | |
| Download: ML092870768 (120) | |
Text
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
295003 Partial or Complete Loss of AC 16 G2.4.50 (10CFR 55.43.5* SRO Only)
Ability to verify system alarm setpoints and operate controls identified in the alarm response manual.
I Proposed Question: # 76 Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Form ES*401*5 SRO 1
1 295003G2.4.50 4.0 Unit 1 is operating at 100% Reactor Power, when the following alarms are received:
CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK,1-9-5A, (Window 7)
RPIS INOPERATIVE, 1-9-5A, (Window 14)
CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL, 1-9-5A, (Window 35)
ALL Control Rod position indication has been lost (ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTIONS)
Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
Based on the above conditions, entry into _(1)_ is required AND the loss of ALL control rod position indication will require the operating crew to _(2)_.
[REFERENCE PROVIDED]
A. (1) O-AOI-57-3, "Loss of Plant Preferred,"
(2) insert ALL control rods in 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> AND disarm the associated CRDs in 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.
B. (1) 0-AOI-57-3, "Loss of Plant Preferred,"
(2) be in Mode 3 in 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> C. (1) 1-AOI-57-4,"Loss of Unit Preferred,"
(2) insert ALL control rods in 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> AND disarm the associated CRDs in 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.
D. (1) 1-AOI-57-4,"Loss of Unit Preferred,"
(2) be in Mode 3 in 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect, these alarms indicate a loss of Unit Preferred NOT Plant Preferred. Part 2 = incorrect, although entry into TS 3.1.3 Condition C is required, the inoperable control rods can not be inserted. Per1-AOI-57-4 Step 4.2[2], if control rod movement is required while RPIS and the process computer are inoperable, THEN INSERT a MANUAL SCRAM REFER TO 1-AOI-100-1.
B INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect, these alarms indicate a loss of Unit Preferred NOT Plant Preferred. Part 2 = correct, as required by TS 3.1.3 Condition E.
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
295003 Partial or Complete Loss of AC 16 G2.4.50 (10CFR 55.43.5* SRO Only)
Ability to verify system alarm setpoints and operate controls identified in the alarm response manual.
I Proposed Question: # 76 Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Form ES*401*5 SRO 1
1 295003G2.4.50 4.0 Unit 1 is operating at 100% Reactor Power, when the following alarms are received:
CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK,1-9-5A, (Window 7)
RPIS INOPERATIVE, 1-9-5A, (Window 14)
CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL, 1-9-5A, (Window 35)
ALL Control Rod position indication has been lost (ASSUME NO OPERATOR ACTIONS)
Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
Based on the above conditions, entry into _(1)_ is required AND the loss of ALL control rod position indication will require the operating crew to _(2)_.
[REFERENCE PROVIDED]
A. (1) O-AOI-57-3, "Loss of Plant Preferred,"
(2) insert ALL control rods in 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> AND disarm the associated CRDs in 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.
B. (1) 0-AOI-57-3, "Loss of Plant Preferred,"
(2) be in Mode 3 in 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> C. (1) 1-AOI-57-4,"Loss of Unit Preferred,"
(2) insert ALL control rods in 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> AND disarm the associated CRDs in 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.
D. (1) 1-AOI-57-4,"Loss of Unit Preferred,"
(2) be in Mode 3 in 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect, these alarms indicate a loss of Unit Preferred NOT Plant Preferred. Part 2 = incorrect, although entry into TS 3.1.3 Condition C is required, the inoperable control rods can not be inserted. Per1-AOI-57-4 Step 4.2[2], if control rod movement is required while RPIS and the process computer are inoperable, THEN INSERT a MANUAL SCRAM REFER TO 1-AOI-100-1.
B INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect, these alarms indicate a loss of Unit Preferred NOT Plant Preferred. Part 2 = correct, as required by TS 3.1.3 Condition E.
ES*401 Technical Reference(s):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 C
INCORRECT: Part 1 = correct, applicable procedure to reference. Part 2 =
incorrect, as explained above.
o CORRECT: Part 1 = correct, applicable procedure to reference. Part 2 =
correct, with a loss of all position indication, all control rods are inoperable.
Per TS 3.1.3 Condition E, if 9 or more control rods are inoperable, required action is to be in Mode 2 in 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.
1-9-5A Rev 12, O-AOI-57-3 Rev 40 1-AOI-57 -4 Rev 26 / TS 3.1.3 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
TS 3.1.3 Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
Question History:
Bank #
Modified Bank #
New Last NRC Exam x
(Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Comments:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
55.41 55.43 X
ES*401 Technical Reference(s):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 C
INCORRECT: Part 1 = correct, applicable procedure to reference. Part 2 =
incorrect, as explained above.
D CORRECT: Part 1 = correct, applicable procedure to reference. Part 2 =
correct, with a loss of all position indication, all control rods are inoperable.
Per TS 3.1.3 Condition E, if 9 or more control rods are inoperable, required action is to be in Mode 2 in 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.
1-9-5A Rev 12, O-AOI-57-3 Rev 40 1-AOI-57 -4 Rev 26 / TS 3.1.3 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
TS 3.1.3 Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
Question History:
Bank #
Modified BanK #
New X
Last NRC Exam (Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional - Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Comments:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
55.41 55.43 X
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 ACTIONS CONDITION A (continued)
A3 AND A.4
- 8. Two or more withdrawn B.1 control rods stuct<:.
C. One or more control rods C.1 inoperable for reasons other than Condition A or B.
AND C.2 Control Rod OPERABILITY 3.1.3 REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME Perfom1 SR 3.1.3.2 and 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> from SR 3.1.3.3 for each discover! of withdrawn OPERABLE Condition A control rod.
concurrent with THERMAL POWER greater than the low power setpoint (LPSP) of the RWM Parfom1 SR 3. 1.1.1.
72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> Be in MODE 3.
12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />
NOTE--------
RWM may be bypassed as allowed by LCO 3.3.2.1, if required, to allow insertion of inoperable control roo and continued operation.
Fully insert inoperable 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> control roo.
Disarm the associated 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> CRD.
(continued)
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 ACTIONS CONDITION A (continued)
A3 AND A.4
- 8. Two or more withdrawn B.1 control rods stuct<:.
C. One or more control rods C.1 inoperable for reasons other than Condition A or B.
AND C.2 Control Rod OPERABILITY 3.1.3 REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME Perfom1 SR 3.1.3.2 and 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> from SR 3.1.3.3 for each discover! of withdrawn OPERABLE Condition A control rod.
concurrent with THERMAL POWER greater than the low power setpoint (LPSP) of the RWM Parfom1 SR 3. 1.1.1.
72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> Be in MODE 3.
12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />
NOTE--------
RWM may be bypassed as allowed by LCO 3.3.2.1, if required, to allow insertion of inoperable control roo and continued operation.
Fully insert inoperable 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> control roo.
Disarm the associated 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> CRD.
(continued)
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION D. -------------NOTE-----------
D.1 Not applicable when THERMAL POWER
>10% RTP OR D.2 Two or more inoperable control rods not in compliance with banked position withdrawal sequence (BPWS) and not separated by two or more OPERABLE control rods E. Required Action and E.1 associated Completion Time of Condition A, C, or D not met OR Nine or more control rods inoperable SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE Control Rod OPERABILITY 3.'1.3 REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME Restore compliance with 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> BPWS.
Restore control rod to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> OPERABLE status.
Be in MODE 3.
'12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> Control Rod OPERABILITY 3.1.3 FREQUENCY SR 3.1.3.1 Determine the poSition of each control rod.
24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION D. -------------NOTE-----------
D.1 Not applicable when THERMAL POWER
>10% RTP OR D.2 Two or more inoperable control rods not in compliance with banked position withdrawal sequence (BPWS) and not separated by two or more OPERABLE control rods E. Required Action and E.1 associated Completion Time of Condition A, C, or D not met OR Nine or more control rods inoperable SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE Control Rod OPERABILITY 3.'1.3 REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME Restore compliance with 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> BPWS.
Restore control rod to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> OPERABLE status.
Be in MODE 3.
'12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> Control Rod OPERABILITY 3.1.3 FREQUENCY SR 3.1.3.1 Determine the poSition of each control rod.
24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />
ES-401 BFN Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Loss of Unit Preferred 1*AOI*57-4 Unit 1 Rev. 0026 Page 8 of 29 4.2 Subsequent Actions (continued)
[3]
Perform the following for the CRD system:
[3.1]
Monitor CRD temperatures while CRD SYS FLOW CONTROL VLV 1A IB, 1-FCV-85-11A1B are closed.
[3.2]
IF CRD seal temperatures rise to the alarm setpoint OR the Unit Preferred system cannot be restored within one hour. THEN DISPATCH personnel to MANUALLY OPEN CRD SYS FLOW CONTROL VLV 1A IB, 1-FCV-85-11A1B.
REFER TO 1-01-85 o
(Otherwise N/A) 0 BFN Unit 1
[3.3]
IF Cabinet 5 fails to transfer or is otherwise de-energized, and Cabinet 6 is energized THEN PLACE controller 1-FIC-85-11 in manual and adjust to normal Drive Water Pressure is obtained.
0 Loss of Unit Preferred Illustration 1 (Page 1 of 1)
Vital 120V AC Distribution 1*AOI*57-4 Rev. 0026 Page 14 of 29 Form ES-401-5 ES-401 BFN Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Loss of Unit Preferred 1*AOI*57-4 Unit 1 Rev. 0026 Page 8 of 29 4.2 Subsequent Actions (continued)
[3]
Perform the following for the CRD system:
[3.1]
Monitor CRD temperatures while CRD SYS FLOW CONTROL VLV 1A IB, 1-FCV-85-11A1B are closed.
[3.2]
IF CRD seal temperatures rise to the alarm setpoint OR the Unit Preferred system cannot be restored within one hour. THEN DISPATCH personnel to MANUALLY OPEN CRD SYS FLOW CONTROL VLV 1A IB, 1-FCV-85-11A1B.
REFER TO 1-01-85 o
(Otherwise N/A) 0 BFN Unit 1
[3.3]
IF Cabinet 5 fails to transfer or is otherwise de-energized, and Cabinet 6 is energized THEN PLACE controller 1-FIC-85-11 in manual and adjust to normal Drive Water Pressure is obtained.
0 Loss of Unit Preferred Illustration 1 (Page 1 of 1)
Vital 120V AC Distribution 1*AOI*57-4 Rev. 0026 Page 14 of 29 Form ES-401-5
ES-401 Un.,
Batty Bd, PNL 11 Unit Preferred 1003 r-.
1001 r--....
1002 r-----
CA8 6 UNIT 1 PREFERRED lIn41 PNL 9-9 cab 4 Plant Preferred
.1 I.
Ne(1 (NO 1101 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Unr2 Batty 8d 2 Poll1 UnA Preferred 1003 r-.
1001
~
1180 1171
'002 RMOV~Er......
80 -.3 --
28
) NC r
PNL 9*9 CA8. 5 CAB. 6 VNIT 1 UN'T2 NON*
PREFERRED PREFERRED I
) NO Unit 3 Batty 8d 3 Pnll1 Unit Preferred 1109 1101 1002 RMOV ~ E"--""
80 -.3 -
38
)Nc P~.Jl9*9 CA8.5 CAB 6 UNIT 2 UNrr 3 NON*
PREFERRED PREFERRED NO'l-PREFERPED
)NC PI'<L 9*9 CA8. 5 urm3 NON*
PREFERRED I
)NO UTO TRANSFER r--=~-1~::~~==::~~~----rf~~Ui~~ 2~V LTO 80 2A NORM Unit 2 PNL 9-9 Cab 4 Planl Preferred Ne(1 il NO lM3 PNL 9-9 Call 4 Plant Preferred NCe I I
)NO Batt 3d 4 Bkr 205 (Manual Trans1er) 8att. 8d 6 Bkr 205 24,] V Lf-"~.::..::..cc..:..::..:;.;.;..:.....J L TO 8D 3B ALT ES-401 Un.,
Batty Bd, PNL 11 Unit Preferred 1003 r-.
1001 r--....
1002 F m 8d 2 Panel 11 CA8 6 UNIT 1 PREFERRED lIn41 PNL 9-9 cab 4 Plant Preferred
.1 I.
Ne(1 (C 1101 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Unr2 Batty 8d 2 Poll1 UnA Preferred 1003 r-.
1001
~
1180 1171
'002 RMOV~Er......
80 -.3 -
28
) NC I'
PNL 9*9 CA8. 5 CAB. 6 VNIT 1 UN'T2 NON*
PREFERRED PREFERRED I) NO I
Unit 3 Batty 8d 3 Pnll1 Unit Preferred 1109 1101 1002 RMOV ~ E"--""
80 -.3 -
38
)Nc P~.Jl9*9 CA8.5 CAB 6 UNIT 2 UNrr 3 NON*
PREFERRED PREFERRED NO'l-PREFERPED
)NC PI'<L 9*9 CA8. 5 urm3 NON*
PREFERRED I
)NO L ___ -'::::====:::::;----yUTO TRANSFER 24JV LTO 80 2A NORM Unit 2 PNL 9-9 Cab 4 Planl Preferred Ne(1 i1m lM3 PNl9-9 Call 4 Plant Preferred NCe I
I
)NO Batt 3d 4 Bkr 205 (Manual Trans1er) 8att. 8d 6 Bkr 205 24,) V
'-t------' LTO 8D 3B ALT
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 BFN Loss of Unit Preferred 1-AOI-57-4 Unit 1 Rev. 0026 Page 7 of 29
[2]
IF control rod movement is required while RPIS and the process computer are inoperable, THEN BFN Unit 1 INSERT a MANUAL SCRAM REFER TO 1-AOI-100-1.
(Otherwise NIA)
Loss of Unit Preferred 1-AOI-57-4 Rev. 0026 Page 5 of 29 2.0 SYMPTOMS (continued) o G.
The following rod control annunciators are in alarm simultaneously due to a loss of power to the associated circuits BFN Unit 1 I.
CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK (1-XA-55-5A, Window 7) on Panel.J 5 is in alarm.
- 2.
CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL (1-XA-55-5A, Window 14) on Panel 1-9-5 is in alarm.
- 3.
RPIS INOPERATIVE (1-XA-55-5A, Window 35) on Panel 1-9-5 is in alarm.
Panel 9-5 1-XA-55-5A SensorlTrip Point:
1-ARP-9-5A R.ev.0012 Page 43 of 43 RPIS INOPERABLE Relay 3A-K5 Receive alarm If thJ;1re is an electronic malfunction such as:
A. Card pUlled.
B. Internal logic stall.
(Page 1 of 1)
Sensor Location:
Probable Cause:
1-PNLA-009-0028 Elev.593' Aux. lost. Room A. 120; unit preferred breaker 612 on Panel 1-9-9 tripped.
B. 1-PX-58-5X(5Y)(6X}(6Y) fme cleared Of Internal breaker open (1-PNLA.-OOO-OO27, Aux. Inst Room).
C. Malfunction of a card in 1-PNLA.-009-0027 D. Spurious trip of sensor.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 BFN Loss of Unit Preferred 1-AOI-57-4 Unit 1 Rev. 0026 Page 7 of 29
[2]
IF control rod movement is required while RPIS and the process computer are inoperable, THEN BFN Unit 1 INSERT a MANUAL SCRAM REFER TO 1-AOI-100-1.
(Otherwise NIA)
Loss of Unit Preferred 1-AOI-57-4 Rev. 0026 Page 5 of 29 2.0 SYMPTOMS (continued) o G.
The following rod control annunciators are in alarm simultaneously due to a loss of power to the associated circuits BFN Unit 1 I.
CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK (1-XA-55-5A, Window 7) on Panel.J 5 is in alarm.
- 2.
CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL (1-XA-55-5A, Window 14) on Panel 1-9-5 is in alarm.
- 3.
RPIS INOPERATIVE (1-XA-55-5A, Window 35) on Panel 1-9-5 is in alarm.
Panel 9-5 1-XA-55-5A SensorlTrip Point:
1-ARP-9-5A R.ev.0012 Page 43 of 43 RPIS INOPERABLE Relay 3A-K5 Receive alarm If thJ;1re is an electronic malfunction such as:
A. Card pUlled.
B. Internal logic stall.
(Page 1 of 1)
Sensor Location:
Probable Cause:
1-PNLA-009-0028 Elev.593' Aux. lost. Room A. 120; unit preferred breaker 612 on Panel 1-9-9 tripped.
B. 1-PX-58-5X(5Y)(6X}(6Y) fme cleared Of Internal breaker open (1-PNLA.-OOO-OO27, Aux. Inst Room).
C. Malfunction of a card in 1-PNLA.-009-0027 D. Spurious trip of sensor.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
295016 Control Room Abandonment / 7 G2.4.3 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
SRO 1
Ability to identify post-accident instrumentation.
1 295016G2.4.3 Importance Rating I Proposed Question: # 77 Unit 2 is operating at 100% Reactor Power, when conditions cause the Control Room to be abandoned.
The following conditions exist:
3.9 Time 0730, control has been established per 2-AOI-100-2, "Control Room Abandonment" Reactor Water Level indicates (+) 27 inches and stable Reactor Pressure indicates 850 psig and lowering slowly Time 0800, Unit Operator reports that Reactor Water Level Indicator, 2-U-3-46A, is reading off-scale low and appears broken Time 1200, control has been shifted back to the Control Room Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
Entry into Tech Spec(s) ____ _
A. 3.3.3.1, "PAM Instrumentation," is required upon discovery.
B. 3.3.3.2, "Backup Panel Instrumentation," is required upon discovery.
C. 3.3.3.1, "PAM Instrumentation," AND 3.3.3.2, "Backup Panel Instrumentation," are required upon discovery.
D. 3.3.3.2, "Backup Panel Instrumentation," is required upon discovery, AND 3.3.3.1, "PAM Instrumentation," when control is shifted back to the Control Room.
I Proposed Answer: B. I Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: 2-Ll-3-46A is not a PAM instrument per T.S. 3.3.3.1.
B CORRECT: 2-Ll-3-46A is applicable to T.S. 3.3.3.2 only.
C INCORRECT: 2-Ll-3-46A is not a PAM instrument per T.S. 3.3.3.1.
D INCORRECT: 2-Ll-3-46A is not a PAM instrument per T.S. 3.3.3.1. Even if it were, delay until control is shifted back to the Main Control Room is not prudent.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
295016 Control Room Abandonment / 7 G2.4.3 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
SRO 1
Ability to identify post-accident instrumentation.
1 295016G2.4.3 Importance Rating I Proposed Question: # 77 Unit 2 is operating at 100% Reactor Power, when conditions cause the Control Room to be abandoned.
The following conditions exist:
3.9 Time 0730, control has been established per 2-AOI-100-2, "Control Room Abandonment" Reactor Water Level indicates (+) 27 inches and stable Reactor Pressure indicates 850 psig and lowering slowly Time 0800, Unit Operator reports that Reactor Water Level Indicator, 2-U-3-46A, is reading off-scale low and appears broken Time 1200, control has been shifted back to the Control Room Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
Entry into Tech Spec(s) ____ _
A. 3.3.3.1, "PAM Instrumentation," is required upon discovery.
B. 3.3.3.2, "Backup Panel Instrumentation," is required upon discovery.
C. 3.3.3.1, "PAM Instrumentation," AND 3.3.3.2, "Backup Panel Instrumentation," are required upon discovery.
D. 3.3.3.2, "Backup Panel Instrumentation," is required upon discovery, AND 3.3.3.1, "PAM Instrumentation," when control is shifted back to the Control Room.
I Proposed Answer: B. I Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: 2-Ll-3-46A is not a PAM instrument per T.S. 3.3.3.1.
B CORRECT: 2-Ll-3-46A is applicable to T.S. 3.3.3.2 only.
C INCORRECT: 2-Ll-3-46A is not a PAM instrument per T.S. 3.3.3.1.
D INCORRECT: 2-Ll-3-46A is not a PAM instrument per T.S. 3.3.3.1. Even if it were, delay until control is shifted back to the Main Control Room is not prudent.
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 Technical Reference( s):
T.S.3.3.3.1, T.S.3.3.3.2 (Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version f revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
Bank #
'I Modified Bank # J I~--,----,--, --"'----"i (Note changes or attach parent)
New X
Question History:
Last NRC Exam.
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Comments:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
55.41 55.43 X
Backup Control System B 3.3.3.2 Table B 3.3.3.2-1 (Page 1 of 4)
BaCkup Control System Instrumentation and Controls FUNCTION Instrument Parameter
- 1. Reactor Water Level Indication (1-Ll-3-46A. -46B)
- 2. Reactor Pressure Indication (1-PI-3-79)
- 3.
Suppression Pool Temperature Indication (1-TI-64-55B)
- 4.
Suppression Pool Level Indication (1-Ll-64-54B)
- 5.
Drywell Pressure Indication (1-PI-64-50)
- 6.
RHR Flow Indication (1-FI-74-79)
- 7.
RCIC Flow Indication (1-FIC-71-36B)
- 8. RCIC Turbine Speed Indication (1-SI-71-42B)
- 9.
Drywell Temperature Indication (1-TI-64-52AA)
NUMBER REQUIRED 1, note a 1
1 2
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 Technical Reference(s):
T.S.3.3.3.1, T.S.3.3.3.2 (Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
Bank # 1 Modified Bank # I New Last NRC Exam (As available)
(Note changes or attach parent) x (Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Comments:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
55.41 55.43 X
Backup Control System B 3.3.3.2 Table B 3.3.3.2-1 (Page I of 4)
Backup Control System Instrumentation and Controls FUNCTION Instrument Parameter
- 1. Reactor Water Level Indication (I-Ll-3-46A. -46B)
- 2. Reactor Pressure Indication (1-PI-3-79j
- 3.
Suppression Pool Temperature Indication (1-TI-64-55B)
- 4.
Suppression Pool Level Indication (I-Ll-64-546)
- 5.
Drywell Pressure Indication (I-PI-64-50)
- 6.
RHR Flow Indication (I-FI-74-79)
- 7.
RCIC Flow Indication (I-FIC-71-36B)
- 8. RCIC Turbine Speed Indication (I-SI-71-426)
- 9.
Drywell Temperature Indication (I-TI-64-52AA)
NUMBER REQUIREO 1, note a 1
1 2
ES-401 I " I I
BASES Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5
- 2. Reactor Vessel Water Level (LI-3-52. LI-3-62A. LI-3-58A. and LI-3-58B)
PAM Instrumentation B 3.3.3.1 Reactor vessel water level is a Category 1 variable provided to support monitoring of core cooling and to verify operation of the ECCS. Two different range water level channels (Emergency Systems and Post-accident Flood Range) provide the PAM Reactor Vessel Water Level Functions. The water level channels measure from 1 f3 of the core height to 221 inches above the top of the active fuel. Water level is measured by two independent differential pressure transmitters for each required channel. The output from these channels is indicated on two independent indicators, which is the primary indication used by the operator during an accident. Therefore. the PAM Specification deals specifically with this portion of the instrument channel.
'~')I.f LT ' Of,
r~~~
t*",
"J.-"',
"'(;)"8
~)'..., nv.,
v J[ l PtJlloP ~
,('.'/'It;JII f>4P tn III
~t: I,"" J'UP "
'1" lC'/ A: R.....,..
.ce,
,',I.,
t>
>~
Q
~D -P F>OtTIIC'I.:,O£ H* ~ A.lI6(, i /'ti!Tp..AlE.. n 1'): (v '!UT'!
~l. ~..
r..iriCirtot.
w-.MT,. "",
r !lt.. ":TIO".t IT l.-r(I( AIl." *.t. O
' P,H "IOC 1".1IoIP-.;o1P f':-.t<>("',P 1 u...~ ~ ~J r l ~ 1'":"TY'If..
j l l'i!'J,. fI'~~'A"'
TIh'1<...J
!.T,l10........
J'.c ~(;-o-"4R~ I (~
i t t ~2:?)A,D.~ "(I
- Fo.5C~;U.t, ~052)lf.\\..
i U,:J.,.JilIA.£!,C<\\ D
. JW';:!, ~I(;, ~),.RFJr,~¥i
- ~~~e,~~~'~~~ ~~~~
- :j:' ~~=~
[.. tJ.(GoI~{.. iI :;
.:. ~~~m.~*
l l' J-," ".ne, (;.,
i--*\\:t,. c,:,:P *HH.' $'AMf.lI ~
Lf 3 "
,\\ ' U
.'hI.. n.);'INO(;,..r l<.)"h p":" 1 141 ii i o' f.t~ l (:!:L':oolc P-3-22 AA.fjEl,C i. C. t*DH ~.~ s..."1W.t
~J *W
- 1oI[(. 1 1'.~Pu~ ~!J'
... ;rr, Nt,N r ~crKlf...
l '
.) ~
I>I:Jo;( *.-.. ?IK,I(At Y,':N t'Y J ~W R1( ~,P '" "'" t-:;
",- J. ;-;
- ....... I.. ll~ rtO...
TP-6 Reactor Vessel Level/Pressure Instrumentation ES*401 I " I I
I Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 PAM Instrumentation B 3.3.3.1 BASES C0
~
- 2. Reactor Vessel Water Level (LI-3-52. LI-3-62A. LI-3-58A. and LI-3-58B)
Reactor vessel water level is a Category 1 variable provided to support monitoring of core cooling and to verify operation of the ECCS. Two different range water level channels (Emergency Systems and Post-accident Flood Range) provide the PAM Reactor Vessel Water Level Functions. The water level channels measure from 113 of the core height to 221 inches above the top of the active fuel. Water level is measured by two independent differential pressure transmitters for each required channel. The output from these channels is indicated on two independent indicators, which is the primary indication used by the operator during an accident. Therefore. the PAM Specification deals specifically with this portion of the instrument channel.
rJt~ilr t""
"1-..,
"'(1)"8
~ :.,... t 1"JfJ. 1 v
,)I.
,t~
>~
~~ru 111111
.,.............. 1. *
@~~@ t ** ~
C
)
- -ii** **
II u
J 'i~
.)*~c..,
.l.f,3
~,.,
~
1I"f'; 1. ~.
. r.jt~*q i.JOt.
.1 [ 1 f.'~ ~
,('.:NF.f1Ih.P
!.1.<1.0.......
....c ~ (;-o-.,~""""(~
i 1...1 ~.p)A,D.~ "(I
- Fo.SC~AM, ~052)lf.\\..
- l'rl,.}
- lIA.£!.Ca, D
. J ff'.';:!t ~~, ~),.RfV
,~¥i.
i ~~~e >~~~'~~~ ~~~~::~: ~~=~
[ 4' t,.(G4~.c. s. *:)
.:. Jt(~.: ~m.~*
.:: @@~ '@@~ ~J"
~
A m ~
j
-8.->> '
~HI.
f)"
,'t>,~ "~ ' :;i~ )
l.... X:
~7
~";
,,OJ W
~D -P w-.Mr,. "",
rn.... ':l"lO"J I t
- \\-.-,"", ""I,",,,, \\":)
' P,H 'IOC " I,1Iro\\P-.;/1P f':-.t<;.(",.P1 l l' J-~ ".ne, (;..
i--*\\:t,.Ct(::P'Hfl,CS.c. AMf.l I~
F'Ol-:.l,Cl.::IOtH' ~A."' i. 1tf!7p.~ 'II n i -): f v.!U' ! ;
11 ~~ ~~;J ~.'~lj";*;=
..,..rlh(~,":jo.j Lf J 4;1II ;\\, U
.'hI.. n.);'~:""T I<.ih p":" 1 14 X i o'
. f.t~ i cs :."dCic.
P-3-22 A,A.fIB,C" C : t-w.::l H~.cj s..."1W.t
~ 3*r":'"
. i.l£Cl l'.. ~
Pu~ ~1J' 1t-o.:rf.Nl.f</.
~ ~r.nQf.,
LP J. ~
P,:J.i(. (... :..
,,~t(l(:.4, t ""::N
.... J..w
~ R"C~,P. "'".. ~
V*l* "l"9
- ...,.".I.. l;j~Tt()...
TP-6 Reactor Vessel Level/Pressure Instrumentation
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
295018 Partial or Total Loss of CCW 18 AA2.01 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF COMPONENT COOLING WATER:
Component temperatures I Proposed Question: # 78 I Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Unit 1 is operating at 100% Reactor Power when the following occur:
Form ES*401*5 SRO 1
1 295018AA2.01 3.4 At 1200 on 5/18/09, a QA auditor reports that Functional Surveillances for ALL Division 1 OPRM Channels have not been performed for 40 months. The required Surveillance frequency per TS 3.3.1.1 is 24 months.
At 1230 on 5/18/09, RECIRC PUMP 1A COOLING WATER FLOW LOW, (1-9-4A, Window
- 34) alarm is received.
At 1245 on 5/18/09, the Unit Operator then reports that Recirc Pump Motor 1 A-Seal No.1 Cavity temperature is 210°F AND rising.
Drywell Temperatures remain stable at normal values.
Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the required actions to implement?
Immediately _(1)_ AND enter _(2)_.
A. (1) shut down Recirculation Pump 1A (2) 1-AOI-68-1 B, "Recirc Pump Trip/Core Flow Decrease."
B. (1) insert a Core Flow Runback (2) 1-AOI-68-1B, Recirc Pump Trip/Core Flow Decrease."
C. (1) shut down Recirculation Pump 1A (2) 1-AOI-68-1A, "Recirc Pump Trip/Core Flow Decrease OPRMs Operable."
D. (1) insert a Core Flow Runback (2) 1-AOI-68-1A, "Recirc Pump Trip/Core Flow Decrease OPRMs Operable."
I Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Part 1 correct - See explanation C. Part 2 incorrect as detailed in Explanation C.
B INCORRECT: Part 1 incorrect - RBBCW supplies cooling water to the pump. 1-AOI-70-1, Loss of RBCCW, directs tripping the Recirc Pump if 2!
180°F. 1-9-4A Window 34 directs tripping the Recirc Pump if 2! 200°F. In either case, the action setpoint has been met, requiring the tripping of the pump. If temp limits were exceeded on both Recirc Pump, this would be the correct action followed by Reactor Scram. Part 2 is incorrect as detailed in Explanation C.
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
295018 Partial or Total Loss of CCW 18 AA2.01 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF COMPONENT COOLING WATER:
Component temperatures I Proposed Question: # 78 I Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Unit 1 is operating at 100% Reactor Power when the following occur:
Form ES*401*5 SRO 1
1 295018AA2.01 3.4 At 1200 on 5/18/09, a QA auditor reports that Functional Surveillances for ALL Division 1 OPRM Channels have not been performed for 40 months. The required Surveillance frequency per TS 3.3.1.1 is 24 months.
At 1230 on 5/18/09, RECIRC PUMP 1A COOLING WATER FLOW LOW, (1-9-4A, Window
- 34) alarm is received.
At 1245 on 5/18/09, the Unit Operator then reports that Recirc Pump Motor 1 A-Seal No.1 Cavity temperature is 210°F AND rising.
Drywell Temperatures remain stable at normal values.
Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the required actions to implement?
Immediately _(1)_ AND enter _(2)_.
A. (1) shut down Recirculation Pump 1A (2) 1-AOI-68-1 B, "Recirc Pump Trip/Core Flow Decrease."
B. (1) insert a Core Flow Runback (2) 1-AOI-68-1B, Recirc Pump Trip/Core Flow Decrease."
C. (1) shut down Recirculation Pump 1A (2) 1-AOI-68-1A, "Recirc Pump Trip/Core Flow Decrease OPRMs Operable."
D. (1) insert a Core Flow Runback (2) 1-AOI-68-1A, "Recirc Pump Trip/Core Flow Decrease OPRMs Operable."
I Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Part 1 correct - See explanation C. Part 2 incorrect as detailed in Explanation C.
B INCORRECT: Part 1 incorrect - RBBCW supplies cooling water to the pump. 1-AOI-70-1, Loss of RBCCW, directs tripping the Recirc Pump if 2!
180°F. 1-9-4A Window 34 directs tripping the Recirc Pump if 2! 200°F. In either case, the action setpoint has been met, requiring the tripping of the pump. If temp limits were exceeded on both Recirc Pump, this would be the correct action followed by Reactor Scram. Part 2 is incorrect as detailed in Explanation C.
ES-401 Technical Reference(s):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 C
CORRECT: Part 1 correct - RBBCW supplies cooling water to the pump. 1-AOI-70-1, Loss of RBCCW, directs tripping the Recirc Pump if ~ 180°F. 1 4A Window 34 directs tripping the Recirc Pump if ~ 200°F. In either case, the action setpoint has been met, requiring the tripping of the pump. Part 2 correct-Candidate must recognize that although Surveillance has not been performed within its required completion time, per TS SR 3.0.4, if it is discovered that a Surveillance was not performed within its specified Frequency, then compliance with the requirement to declare the LCO not met may be delayed, from the time of discovery, up to 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> or up to the limit of the specified Frequency, whichever is greater. It has been less than 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> so Division 1 OPRM Channels are Operable.
o INCORRECT: Part 1 is incorrect as explained above. Part 2 is correct as explained above.
1-AOI-70-1 Rev 9 1 1-AOI-68-1 A Rev 2 (Attach if not previously provided) 1-9-4A Rev16 (Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
________ (As available)
Question Source:
r*
sank # I r
Modified Bank # ~
(Note changes or attach parent)
New X
Question History:
Last NRC Exam (Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
Reviewed 1-9-4A Rev17 issued 3/25/09. New revision has no impact on this question.
BFN Recirc Pump Trip/Core Flow Decrease 1-AOI-68-1A Unit 1 OPRMs Operable Rev. 0002 Page 3 of 12 1.0 PURPOSE This instruction provides the symptoms, automatic actions, and operator actions for a core flow decrease or Reactor Recire Pump trip in one or two loops with OPRMs operable.
ES-401 Technical Reference(s):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 C
CORRECT: Part 1 correct - RBBCW supplies cooling water to the pump. 1-AOI-70-1, Loss of RBCCW, directs tripping the Recirc Pump if ~ 180°F. 1 4A Window 34 directs tripping the Recirc Pump if ~ 200°F. In either case, the action setpoint has been met, requiring the tripping of the pump. Part 2 correct-Candidate must recognize that although Surveillance has not been performed within its required completion time, per TS SR 3.0.4, if it is discovered that a Surveillance was not performed within its specified Frequency, then compliance with the requirement to declare the LCO not met may be delayed, from the time of discovery, up to 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> or up to the limit of the specified Frequency, whichever is greater. It has been less than 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> so Division 1 OPRM Channels are Operable.
D INCORRECT: Part 1 is incorrect as explained above. Part 2 is correct as explained above.
1-AOI-70-1 Rev 9 / 1-AOI-68-1A Rev 2 (Attach if not previously provided) 1-9-4A Rev16 (Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
________ (As available)
Question Source:
B8nk# 1 Modified Bank # 1 (Note changes or attach parent)
New X
Question History:
Last NRC Exam (Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
Reviewed 1-9-4A Rev17 issued 3/25/09. New revision has no impact on this question.
BFN Recirc Pump Trip/Core Flow Decrease 1-AOI-68-1A Unit 1 OPRMs Operable Rev. 0002 Page 3 of 12 1.0 PURPOSE This instruction provides the symptoms, automatic actions, and operator actions for a core flow decrease or Reactor Recire Pump trip in one or two loops with OPRMs operable.
ES-401 BFN Unit 1 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Panel 9-4 1-XA-55-4A 1-ARP-9-4A Rev. 0016 Page 46 of 47 RECIRC PUMP 1A COOLING WATER FLOW LOW SenSQriTnp Point:
l-FIS-068-0053 22gpm l-FA-68-53 (Page 1 of 1)
Sensor Location:
Probable Cause:
Automatic Action:
Operator Action:
Recirculation Pump A area Drywell A. Partial or complete loss of RBCCW system B
High RBCCW flow through Fuel Pool Cooling heat exchangers.
None A. CHECK following on RBCCW system:
RBCCW PRI CNTMT OUTLET VAL VE handswitch, l-HS-70-47A (1-FCV-70-47) OPEN RBCCW PUMP lA l-HS-70-SA in service.
RBCCVV PUMP lB. l-HS-70-SA in service.
Surge tank level normal IndIcated by RBCCW SURGE TANK LEVEL LOW l-LA-70-2B (\\<'Vindow 13 on l-XA-55-4C) NOT o
o o Illummated.
0 B
REFER TO l-AOI-70-1 0
C IF the l-TE-68-61U(T). RECIRC PMP MTR lA-SEAL NO. 1(2}
CAVITY temperature on RECIRC PUMP MTR lA & 1B WINDING AND BRG TEMP temperature recorder, l-TR-68-71 on Panel 1-9-21 IS ~200DF, THEN SHUT DOWN ReClfculation Pump lB.
0 REFER TO l-AOI-68-1 A or l-AOI-68-1 B.
0 D IF CRD or RBCCW system is lost, THEN REFER TO 1-01-68, Precautions and Limitations Sections to determine requirements for continued pump operation.
0 1-45E620-5-1 1-47E610-68-1 FSAR Section 13.6.2 Form ES-401-5 ES-401 BFN Unit 1 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Panel 9-4 1-XA-55-4A 1-ARP-9-4A Rev. 0016 Page 46 of 47 RECIRC PUMP 1A COOLING WATER FLOW LOW SenSQriTnp Point:
l-FIS-068-0053 22gpm l-FA-68-53 (Page 1 of 1)
Sensor Location:
Probable Cause:
Automatic Action:
Operator Action:
Recirculation Pump A area Drywell A. Partial or complete loss of RBCCW system B
High RBCCW flow through Fuel Pool Cooling heat exchangers.
None A. CHECK following on RBCCW system:
RBCCW PRI CNTMT OUTLET VAL VE handswitch, l-HS-70-47A (1-FCV-70-47) OPEN RBCCW PUMP lA l-HS-70-SA in service.
RBCCVV PUMP lB. l-HS-70-SA in service.
Surge tank level normal IndIcated by RBCCW SURGE TANK LEVEL LOW l-LA-70-2B (\\<'Vindow 13 on l-XA-55-4C) NOT CJ CJ CJ Illummated.
CJ B REFER TO l-AOI-70-1 CJ C IF the l-TE-68-61U(T). RECIRC PMP MTR lA-SEAL NO. 1(2}
CAVITY temperature on RECIRC PUMP MTR lA & 1B WINDING AND BRG TEMP temperature recorder, l-TR-68-71 on Panel 1-9-21 IS ~200DF, THEN SHUT DOWN ReClfculation Pump lB.
CJ REFER TO l-AOI-68-1 A or l-AOI-68-1 B.
CJ D IF CRD or RBCCW system is lost, THEN REFER TO 1-01-68, Precautions and Limitations Sections to determine requirements for continued pump operation.
CJ 1-45E620-5-1 1-47E61O-68-1 FSAR Section 13.6.2 Form ES-401-5
[11]
[12]
[13]
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Loss of Reactor Building Closed 1-AOI-70-1 Cooling Water Rev. 0009 Page 9 of 12 MONITOR the following Recirc Pump and Motor 1A(1B) temperatures on 1-TR-68-71, Panel 1-9-21:
TE-68-61A(73A), RECIRC PMP MTR 1A(1B)-THR BRG UPPER FACE <<190°F)
TE-68-61C(73C), RECIRC PMP MTR 1A(1B)-THR BRG LOWER FACE <<190"F)
TE-68-61E(73E), RECIRC PMP MTR 1A(1B)-UPPER GUIDE BRG <<190°F)
TE-68-61N(73N}, RECIRC PMP MTR 1A(1B}-LOWER GUIDE BRG <<190°F)
TE-68-61 G,J,L(73G,J,L), RECIRC PMP MTR 1A(1 B)-
MOTOR WINDING A,B,C <<255 Q F)
TE-68-61T(73T), RECIRC PMP MTR 1A(1 B)-NO.2 CAVITY <<180°F)
TE-68-61U(73U), RECIRC PMP MTR 1A(1B)-NO. 1 SEAL CAVITY <<180°F)
TE-68-54(67), RECIRC PMP MTR 1A(1B)-CLG WTR FROM SEAL CLG <<140°F)
TE-68-57(70), RECIRC PMP MTR 1A(1B)-CLG WTR FROM BRG <<140°F)
IF any of the above temperature limits are exceeded on either Recirc Pump, THEN SHUT DOWN the affected Recirc Pump as follows and REFER TO 1-AOI-68-1A(1B): (othervvise N/A)
DEPRESS RECIRC DRIVE 1A SHUTDOWN, 1-HS-96-19.
DEPRESS RECIRC DRIVE 1B SHUTDOWN, 1-HS-96-20.
IF any of the above temperature limits are exceeded on both Recirc Pumps, THEN PERFORM the following (othervvise N/A):
[13.1]
IF core flow is above 60%, THEN REDUCE core flow to between 50-60%.
[13.2]
MANUALLY SCRAM the Reactor and PLACE Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN. (REFER TO 1-AOI-100-1)
[13.3J SHUT DOWN both Recirc Pumps as follows:
DEPRESS RECIRC DRIVE 1A SHUTDOWN, 1-HS-96-19.
DEPRESS RECIRC DRIVE 1 B SHUTDOWN, Form ES-401-5 0
0 0
0 0
[11]
[12]
[13]
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Loss of Reactor Building Closed 1-AOI-70-1 Cooling Water Rev. 0009 Page 9 of 12 MONITOR the following Recirc Pump and Motor 1A(1B) temperatures on 1-TR-68-71, Panel 1-9-21:
TE-68-61A(73A), RECIRC PMP MTR 1A(1B)-THR BRG UPPER FACE <<190°F)
TE-68-61C(73C), RECIRC PMP MTR 1A(1B)-THR BRG LOWER FACE <<190"F)
TE-68-61E(73E), RECIRC PMP MTR 1A(1B)-UPPER GUIDE BRG <<190°F)
TE-68-61N(73N}, RECIRC PMP MTR 1A(1B}-LOWER GUIDE BRG <<190°F)
TE-68-61 G,J,L(73G,J,L), RECIRC PMP MTR 1A(1 B)-
MOTOR WINDING A,B,C <<255 Q F)
TE-68-61T(73T), RECIRC PMP MTR 1A(1 B)-NO.2 CAVITY <<180°F)
TE-68-61U(73U), RECIRC PMP MTR 1A(1B)-NO. 1 SEAL CAVITY <<180°F)
TE-68-54(67), RECIRC PMP MTR 1A(1B)-CLG WTR FROM SEAL CLG <<140°F)
TE-68-57(70), RECIRC PMP MTR 1A(1B)-CLG WTR FROM BRG <<140°F)
IF any of the above temperature limits are exceeded on either Recirc Pump, THEN SHUT DOWN the affected Recirc Pump as follows and REFER TO 1-AOI-68-1A(1B): (othervvise N/A)
DEPRESS RECIRC DRIVE 1A SHUTDOWN, 1-HS-96-19.
DEPRESS RECIRC DRIVE 1B SHUTDOWN, 1-HS-96-20.
IF any of the above temperature limits are exceeded on both Recirc Pumps, THEN PERFORM the following (othervvise N/A):
[13.1]
IF core flow is above 60%, THEN REDUCE core flow to between 50-60%.
[13.2]
MANUALLY SCRAM the Reactor and PLACE Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN. (REFER TO 1-AOI-100-1)
[13.3J SHUT DOWN both Recirc Pumps as follows:
DEPRESS RECIRC DRIVE 1A SHUTDOWN, 1-HS-96-19.
DEPRESS RECIRC DRIVE 1 B SHUTDOWN, Form ES-401-5 0
0 0
0 0
0
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
295023 Refueling Ace Cooling Mode / 8 AA2.01 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to REFUELING ACCIDENTS:
Area radiation levels I Proposed Question: # 79 Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Form ES-401-5 SRO 1
1 295023AA2.01 4.0 During refueling operations on Unit 2, an irradiated fuel bundle jams on the Upper Core Guide Plate and the Main Hoist Fuel Grapple fails open. The bundle then falls the entire way into the core location.
The following conditions are subsequently noted:
Gas bubbles are seen coming from the fuel bundle REFUEL ZONE EXHAUST RADIATION HIGH, (2-9-3A, Window 34), is alarming and reading 120 mr/hr FUEL POOL FLOOR AREA RADIATION HIGH, (2-9-3A, Window 1), is alarming and reading 100 mr/hr Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
Based on the above conditions, Secondary Containment must be verified intact as directed by_(1)_. This event would be classified as _(2)_ per EPIP-1, "Emergency Classification Procedure."
[REFERENCE PROVIDED]
A. (1) O-EOI-4, "Radioactivity Release Control,"
(2) an Alert B. (1) 0-EOI-4, "Radioactivity Release Control,"
(2) a Site Area Emergency C. (1) 2-AOI-79-1, "Fuel Damage During Refueling,"
(2) an Alert D. (1) 2-AOI-79-1, "Fuel Damage During Refueling,"
(2) a Site Area Emergency I Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Part 1 is incorrect; The direction to verify Secondary CTMT intact is in 2-AOI-79-1, "Fuel Damage During Refueling". Part 2 is correct; with REFUEL ZONE EXHAUST RADIATION HIGH, (2-9-3A, Window 34),and FUEL POOL FLOOR AREA RADIATION HIGH, (2-9-3A, Window 1) above their alarm set points, and confirmation that fuel damage occurred, an Alert must be declared per EAL 3.2-A ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
295023 Refueling Ace Cooling Mode / 8 AA2.01 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to REFUELING ACCIDENTS:
Area radiation levels I Proposed Question: # 79 Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Form ES-401-5 SRO 1
1 295023AA2.01 4.0 During refueling operations on Unit 2, an irradiated fuel bundle jams on the Upper Core Guide Plate and the Main Hoist Fuel Grapple fails open. The bundle then falls the entire way into the core location.
The following conditions are subsequently noted:
Gas bubbles are seen coming from the fuel bundle REFUEL ZONE EXHAUST RADIATION HIGH, (2-9-3A, Window 34), is alarming and reading 120 mr/hr FUEL POOL FLOOR AREA RADIATION HIGH, (2-9-3A, Window 1), is alarming and reading 100 mr/hr Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
Based on the above conditions, Secondary Containment must be verified intact as directed by_(1)_. This event would be classified as _(2)_ per EPIP-1, "Emergency Classification Procedure."
[REFERENCE PROVIDED]
A. (1) O-EOI-4, "Radioactivity Release Control,"
(2) an Alert B. (1) 0-EOI-4, "Radioactivity Release Control,"
(2) a Site Area Emergency C. (1) 2-AOI-79-1, "Fuel Damage During Refueling,"
(2) an Alert D. (1) 2-AOI-79-1, "Fuel Damage During Refueling,"
(2) a Site Area Emergency I Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Part 1 is incorrect; The direction to verify Secondary CTMT intact is in 2-AOI-79-1, "Fuel Damage During Refueling". Part 2 is correct; with REFUEL ZONE EXHAUST RADIATION HIGH, (2-9-3A, Window 34),and FUEL POOL FLOOR AREA RADIATION HIGH, (2-9-3A, Window 1) above their alarm set points, and confirmation that fuel damage occurred, an Alert must be declared per EAL 3.2-A
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Question Worksheet B
INCORRECT: Part 1 is incorrect as detailed above. Part 2 is incorrect; area rad levels would have to be above Max Safe levels for a Site Area Emergency.
C CORRECT: Part 1 is correct; per 2-AOI-79-1, "Fuel Damage During Refueling," subsequent actions, operating crew must verify Secondary CTMT intact and refer to TS 3.6.4.1. Part 2 is correct; with REFUEL ZONE EXHAUST RADIATION HIGH, (2-9-3A, Window 34),and FUEL POOL FLOOR AREA RADIATION HIGH, (2-9-3A, Window 1) above their alarm set points, and confirmation that fuel damage occurred, an Alert must be declared per EAL 3.2-A o
INCORRECT: Part 1 is correct and Part 2 incorrect as detailed above.
Technical Reference(s):
2-AOI-79-1 Rev 17 EPIP-1 Rev 44 (Attach if not previously provided) 2-9-3A Window 1 rev 37 (Including version / revision number) 2-9-3A Window 34 rev 37 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
EPIP-1 Event Classification Matrix Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
Bank #
(Note changes or attach parent) x Question History:
(Optional - Questions validated at the facility since 10/95 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Question Worksheet B
INCORRECT: Part 1 is incorrect as detailed above. Part 2 is incorrect; area rad levels would have to be above Max Safe levels for a Site Area Emergency.
C CORRECT: Part 1 is correct; per 2-AOI-79-1, "Fuel Damage During Refueling," subsequent actions, operating crew must verify Secondary CTMT intact and refer to TS 3.6.4.1. Part 2 is correct; with REFUEL ZONE EXHAUST RADIATION HIGH, (2-9-3A, Window 34),and FUEL POOL FLOOR AREA RADIATION HIGH, (2-9-3A, Window 1) above their alarm set points, and confirmation that fuel damage occurred, an Alert must be declared per EAL 3.2-A o
INCORRECT: Part 1 is correct and Part 2 incorrect as detailed above.
Technical Reference(s):
2-AOI-79-1 Rev 17 EPIP-1 Rev 44 (Attach if not previously provided) 2-9-3A Window 1 rev 37 (Including version / revision number) 2-9-3A Window 34 rev 37 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
EPIP-1 Event Classification Matrix Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
Mod Bank #
Bank #
New X
Last NRC Exam (As available)
(Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional - Questions validated at the facility since 10/95 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet BFN Fuel Damage During Refueling 2*AOI*79*1 Unit 2 Rev. 0017 Page 5 of 7 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS 4.1 Immediate Actions STOP all fuel handling.
[1]
[2]
EVACUATE all non-essential personnel from Refuel Floor.
4.2 Subsequent Actions CAUTION o
o The release of iodine is of major concern. If gas bubbles are identified at any time, Iodine release should be assumed until RADCON determines otherwise.
[1]
VERIFY secondary containment is intact.
(REFER TO Tech Spec 3.6.4.1)
[2]
IF any EOI entry condition is met, THEN ENTER the appropriate EOI(s).
[3]
VERIFY automatic actions.
[6]
MONITOR radiation levels. for the affected areas. using the following radiation recorders and indicators:
A.
2-RR-90-1 (points 1 and 2), 2-MON-90-50 (Address 11),
o o
o 2-RR-90-142 and 2-RR-90-140 (Panel 2-9-2).
0 B.
2-RM-90-142, 2-RM-90-140, 2-RM-90-143 and 2-RM-90-141 Detectors A and B (Panel 2-9-10).
0 C.
2-RI-90-1 A and 2-RI-90-2A (Panel 2-9-11).
0 D.
O-CONS-90-362A (Address 09, 10,08) for Unit 1,2, 3-RM-90-250, respectively (Panel 1-9-44).
0
[7]
IF possible, MONITOR portable CAMs & ARMs.
Form ES-401-5 ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet BFN Fuel Damage During Refueling 2*AOI*79*1 Unit 2 Rev. 0017 Page 5 of 7 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS 4.1 Immediate Actions STOP all fuel handling.
[1]
[2]
EVACUATE all non-essential personnel from Refuel Floor.
4.2 Subsequent Actions CAUTION o
o The release of iodine is of major concern. If gas bubbles are identified at any time, Iodine release should be assumed until RADCON determines otherwise.
[1]
VERIFY secondary containment is intact.
(REFER TO Tech Spec 3.6.4.1)
[2]
IF any EOI entry condition is met, THEN ENTER the appropriate EOI(s).
[3]
VERIFY automatic actions.
[6]
MONITOR radiation levels. for the affected areas. using the following radiation recorders and indicators:
A.
2-RR-90-1 (points 1 and 2), 2-MON-90-50 (Address 11),
o o
o 2-RR-90-142 and 2-RR-90-140 (Panel 2-9-2).
0 B.
2-RM-90-142, 2-RM-90-140, 2-RM-90-143 and 2-RM-90-141 Detectors A and B (Panel 2-9-10).
0 C.
2-RI-90-1 A and 2-RI-90-2A (Panel 2-9-11).
0 D.
O-CONS-90-362A (Address 09, 10,08) for Unit 1,2, 3-RM-90-250, respectively (Panel 1-9-44).
0
[7]
IF possible, MONITOR portable CAMs & ARMs.
Form ES-401-5
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet BROWNS FERRY EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION PROCEDURE EVENT CLASSIFICAHON MATRIX EPIP-1
- RA-gC-25~ _ R~cto* _ Tumi"" R~M! Ex")
I
- RA-~~ 1<12,0. Rue o. Refuel Exhal..i1
- ~~'- 1 4C.A RI! I! lng ~ I! : Xt-3ust AND Oll ie:
AND
~y,,'U,,,dJ.ttio... II! eI at or abov~ lIle. " :rm.m Safe OJ;~ra~j"g A 'ea mdi3 *0... r 1 sleel n T~e ~.2.
AND A'I'I.HU rod lion Ie eel :11 or "bove the." m m Sate Oper3."g Aru rad ~tion II I sled n Ta to 2.2.
AND M'I indl
~io'l of po:~nria l or sfgniflCa" fve e addmg f lIU1e exi5"3 Refe to Table 3 l-GI3 _-13 WI RCS 83rrier inuct,,,SJde On'IUry Ccn \\() *nn1enl~
Dill 0 c z c C4 c
~
m z...
co
~
m
~
Gl m
z o Q m z m
~
r-m 3:
~
Q m Z o PAGE 37 OF 206 REVISION 44 Form ES*401*5 ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet BROWNS FERRY EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION PROCEDURE EVENT CLASSIFICATION MATRIX EPIP-1 SECONDARY CONTAINMENT RADIATION ion
- RA*gC-25'JA Re<lc<<l'. Turoire R.,fve Ex!>>
- RA-gC-142A Ructo' Re<ui!1 Exhalls1
- RA~C'- I 4C.A. Re
Ill Zone Sxt-.lusl AND Con'iMl.:l r oy Re e F cor ~~r"'E I nat Irr
'.:lIed e da"'na e ay !-ave OCOI.'Ted.
OPERA TI 0. CO DITtO :
AL 3.2-S AND A...,v.J*U radJ.alio"l Ie el at or above e
.~.J c m""" Safe OJ*rating Area r.:td'
'Otl r ~ sled n T.able ~2.
OPeRA nNo. ccmOITlC Mode 1 o* 2 o* 3 AND Contai nlEo]
A/ly iJfI~(J I1:Idlatio"l Ie I al or above the *.J m m Sate Opera rg A'e.l ra-d 3 ti011 II I sled n T
!! 2.2..
Any Inch tfo"l of po:ential or s lQlliflC.1'"
B.lrrie' inuct,.,s>de "'n'1\\al)' Conll3 OPERA
r
~
m Z....
en
~
i C) m z
(')
C) m z m
~
m 3:
!:J Q m z
(')
PAGE 37 OF 206 REVISION 44 Form ES-401-5
ES-401 BROWNS FERRY NOTES CURVESIT ABLES:
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION PROCEDURE EVENT CLASSIFICATION MATRIX TABLE 3.2 MAX~MSAFEOPERAnN< AREARArnATiONUMITS EPIP-1 AREA RAD MONITOR MAX SAFE VALUE MRfHR RHR West Room 9O-25A 1000 RHR East Room 90-2eA 1000 HPCtRoom 9O-24A 1000 CSIHCtC Room 90-26A 1000 elm! Spra'j Room 9O-27A 1000 Suppr Pool Area 9O-2QA 1000 CRD-HCU West Area 9O-20A 1000 CRD-HCU East.Area 9O-21A 1000 TIP Drive Area 9O-23A 1000 North RWCU System Area 90-13A 1000 Soul/> RWCU System Area 9O-14A 1000 RWCU System Area QC-9A 1000 MG Set Area
'i1C'-4A 1000 Fuel Pool Area OO-fA 1000 Servi~ Fir Area QO-ZA 1000 New Fuel Storage.
90-3A 1000 TABLE 3.1-G13.2-G INDICATIONS OF POTENTlAl OR SlGN,FtCANT FUEl ClADDING FAJLURE WITH ReS BARRIER MACT INSfOE PRIMARY CONTAJHMENT UNIT 1 DRYWELL RADIATION UNIT 2 DRYWElL RADIATION l-RE-OO-272A I
- > 196 RiHR 2-RE-QO-272A I::> 642 RIHR 1-RE-90-ZBA I
>~97 RIHR 2-RE-~0-273A I::> 297 RIHR Reactor Coo13w Acthity Raacror Cool.mt Acrl,ity
- . 300 ~Ci gm Dose Equivaleot 230(l ~Cigm ::>o~@ Equl\\'l!Jw Iodme 131 BFN Unit 2 FUEL POOL FLOOR AREA RADIATION HIGH 2*RA*90-1A f1 (Page 1 of 1)
Sensor Location:
RE*90-18 RE-90-2B RE-90-3B IodiDe 131 Pane! 9-3 2-XA-66-3A Sensor/TriD Pojnt:
RI*90-1B RI-OO*2B RI*90*38 EI664' EI664' E1639' Probable Cause:
A Change H1 general radiation levels 8
Refueling aCCident C Sensor o1affunction 2-ARP-9-3A Rev. 0037 Page 4 of 60 For se\\pOmts REFER TO 2*SIMI-OOB.
R*11 P*UNE R-IO V-LINE R-l0Q-UNE UNIT 3 DRYWElL RADIA nON 3-RE-90-272A J :> HIe; RlHR 3-RE-90-273A I::> 297 R"HR Reactor CooLa:ll At:mity
.::. 300 ~Cj gw Dos@ EqulvaJeor IodIne 131 Form ES-401-5 ES-401 BROWNS FERRY NOTES CURVESIT ABLES:
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION PROCEDURE EVENT CLASSIFICATION MATRIX TABLE 3.2 MAXIMUM SAFE OPERATIH( AREA RADtATIOH UMfTS EPIP-1 AREA RAD MONITOR MAX SAFE VALUE MRfHR RHR West Room 9O-25A 1000 RHR East Room 90-2eA 1000 HPCtRoom 9O-24A 1000 CSIHCtC Room 90-26A 1000 elm! S~ay Room 9O-27A 1000 Suppr Pool Area 9O-2QA 1000 CRD-HCU West Area 9O-20A 1000 CRD-HCU East.Area 9O-21A 1000 TIP Drive Area 9O-23A 1000 North RWCU System Area 90-13A 1000 Soul/> RWCU System Area 9O-14A 1000 RWCU System Area QC-9A 1000 MG Set Area
'i1C'-4A 1000 Fuel Pool Area OO-fA 1000 Servi~ Fir Area QO-ZA 1000 New Fuel Storage 90-3A 1000 TABLE 3.1-G13.2-G INDICATIONS OF POTENTlAl OR SlGN,FtCANT FUEl ClADDING FAJLURE WITH ReS BARRIER MACT INSfOE PRIMARY CONTAJHMENT UNIT 1 DRYWELL RADIATION UNIT 2 DRYWElL RADIATION l-RE-OO-272A I
- > 196 RiHR 2-RE-QO-272A I::> 642 RIHR 1-RE-90-ZBA I
>~97 RIHR 2-RE-~0-273A I::> 297 RIHR Reactor Coo13w Acthity Raacror Cool.mt Acrl,ity
- . 300 ~Ci gm Dose Equivaleot 230(l ~Cigm ::>o~@ Equl\\'l!Jw Iodme 131 BFN Unit 2 FUEL POOL FLOOR AREA RADIATION HIGH 2*RA*90-1A r1 (Page 1 of 1)
Sensor Location:
RE*90-18 RE-90-2B RE-90-3B IodiDe 131 Pane! 9-3 2-XA-66-3A Sensor/TriD Pojnt:
RI*90-1B RI-OO*2B RI*90*38 EI664' EI664' E1639' Probable Cause:
A Change H1 general radiation levels 8
Refueling aCCident C Sensor o1affunction 2-ARP-9-3A Rev. 0037 Page 4 of 60 For se\\pOmts REFER TO 2*SIMI-OOB.
R*11 P*UNE R-IO V-LINE R-l0Q-UNE UNIT 3 DRYWElL RADIA nON 3-RE-90-272A I:> HIe; RlHR 3-RE-90-273A I::> 297 R"HR Reactor CooLa:ll At:mity
.::. 300 ~Cj gw Dos@ EqulvaJeor IodIne 131 Form ES-401-5
ES-401 Opuator Action:
References:
BFN Unit 2 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet A
CHECK 2-RI-90-1 A. 2-RI-90-2A and 2-RI-90-3A on Panel 2 11 B
NOTIFY refuel floor personnel C IF Dry Cask 10admgiunlOading activities are In progress, THEN NOTIFY Cask SUpfY1SOf D IF alfborne levels flse by 100 DAC AND RAD PRO confirms, THEN REFER TO EPIP-1.
E REFER TO 2-AOI-79-1 or 2-AOI-79-2 as applicable.
F. IF thiS alarm IS not valid, THEN REFER TO 0-01-55.
G IF this alarm is valid. THEN MONITOR the other parameters Ihat input to it frequently These other parameters Will be masked from alarming while this alarm is sealed in H ENTER 2-EOI-3 Flowchart 0-47EEiOO-13 2-47E610-90-1 2-45E620-3 GE 730E356 Senes, TVA Calc NDOO0902005001!EDC63693 Panel 9-3 2-XA-55-3A 2-ARP-9-3A Rev, 0037 Page 47 of 50 REFUELING ZONE EXHAUST RADIATION HIGH SensofiTnp POlO)'
a a a
a a a a a 2-RA-90-140A f34 2-RE-90-140A 2-RE-90-140B 2-RE-90-141A 2-RE-90-14IB 72 MRfHR 72MRfHR 72 MRiHR 72 MRiHR ReqUired settmg of
,; 100 MRfHR.
(page 1 of 2)
Sensor Location:
Probable Cause:
Rx Bldg, EI,,64' (Refuel Floor). R-IO P-LiNE A
Radiation levels have risen above alarm setpoin!.
B Refueling aCCident NOTE TV A Calc NDQ0090205008 reqUJres these detectors be temporanly shielded dunng Dry Ca,k loaclng/unloadlng actlvibes.
Form ES-401-5 ES-401 Opuator Action:
References:
BFN Unit 2 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet A
CHECK 2-RI-90-1 A. 2-RI-90-2A and 2-RI-90-3A on Panel 2 11 B
NOTIFY refuel floor personnel C IF Dry Cask 10admgiunlOading activities are In progress, THEN NOTIFY Cask SUpfY1SOf D IF alfborne levels flse by 100 DAC AND RAD PRO confirms, THEN REFER TO EPIP-1.
E REFER TO 2-AOI-79-1 or 2-AOI-79-2 as applicable.
F. IF thiS alarm IS not valid, THEN REFER TO 0-01-55.
G IF this alarm is valid. THEN MONITOR the other parameters Ihat input to it frequently These other parameters Will be masked from alarming while this alarm is sealed in H ENTER 2-EOI-3 Flowchart 0-47EEiOO-13 2-47E610-90-1 2-45E620-3 GE 730E356 Senes, TVA Calc NDOO0902005001!EDC63693 Panel 9-3 2-XA-55-3A 2-ARP-9-3A Rev, 0037 Page 47 of 50 REFUELING ZONE EXHAUST RADIATION HIGH SensofiTnp POlO)'
a a a
a a a a a 2-RA-90-140A f34 2-RE-90-140A 2-RE-90-140B 2-RE-90-141A 2-RE-90-14IB 72 MRfHR 72MRfHR 72 MRiHR 72 MRiHR ReqUired settmg of
,; 100 MRfHR.
(page 1 of 2)
Sensor Location:
Probable Cause:
Rx Bldg, EI,,64' (Refuel Floor). R-IO P-LiNE A
Radiation levels have risen above alarm setpoin!.
B Refueling aCCident NOTE TV A Calc NDQ0090205008 reqUJres these detectors be temporanly shielded dunng Dry Ca,k loaclng/unloadlng actlvibes.
Form ES-401-5
ES-401 Automatic Action:
Op.rator Action:
Ret.renc.s:
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet C Temporary shielding not in place for monitors during Dry Cask loading!unloading activitoes D loss of power to NUMAC drawer.
A Control Room and Refuel Zone ventilation isolates B. SGTS initiates C Control Room emergency pressurization units start A
VERIFY alarm conditlOn on the following' 1
REACTOR ZONE EXHAUST RADIATION recorder.
2-RR-90-140 on Panel 2-9-2 2
RX & REFUEL ZONE EXH CH A RAD MON RTMR radiatlOn
",or-Itor. 2-RM*90*140f142 on PaneI2*g*10 3
RX & REFUEL ZONE EXH CH BRAD MON RTMR radl"'lon monltor 2-RM*90-141i143 on PaneI2*g*tO B IF Dry Cask loadingiunloading activities are In progress, THEN NOTIFY the Cask Supervisor to place the MPC In a safe condItion usmg MSI-O-079*DCS037 or as directed by RAD PRO C NOTIFY Shift Manager, Unit 1 and Unit 3 0
IF the TSC is NOT manned. THEN EVACUATE personnel from thE' refuel floor.
E IF the TSC is mannE'd, THEN NOTIFY the TSC to evacuate non-essential personnel from affected areas F
ENTER 2-EOI-3 Flowchart.
G REFER TO 2-AOI-64*2d and. for loss of power to NUMAC drawer, to 2*01*90, Section 6.0.
H. REFER TO 2-AOI-79-1 or 2*AOI-79-2 as applicable.
I.
REFER TO EPIP-t J
REFER TO Technical SpeCIfication Section 3.3.6 2 and 3.3 7 1 2-45E620*3 2-47E610*90*1 GE 2-730E927*21 TVA Calc a
a a
a a a
a a a
a a a Technical SpeClfic.ations 3.36.2 and 3.3.7.1 NOOOO90200500 I!EDC63693 Form ES-401-5 ES-401 Automatic Action:
Op.rator Action:
Ret.renc.s:
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet C Temporary shielding not in place for monitors during Dry Cask loading!unloading activitoes D loss of power to NUMAC drawer.
A Control Room and Refuel Zone ventilation isolates B. SGTS initiates C Control Room emergency pressurization units start A
VERIFY alarm conditlOn on the following' 1
REACTOR ZONE EXHAUST RADIATION recorder.
2-RR-90-140 on Panel 2-9-2 2
RX & REFUEL ZONE EXH CH A RAD MON RTMR radiatlOn
",or-Itor. 2-RM*90*140f142 on PaneI2*g*10 3
RX & REFUEL ZONE EXH CH BRAD MON RTMR radl"'lon monltor 2-RM*90-141i143 on PaneI2*g*tO B IF Dry Cask loadingiunloading activities are In progress, THEN NOTIFY the Cask Supervisor to place the MPC In a safe condItion usmg MSI-O-079*DCS037 or as directed by RAD PRO C NOTIFY Shift Manager, Unit 1 and Unit 3 0
IF the TSC is NOT manned. THEN EVACUATE personnel from thE' refuel floor.
E IF the TSC is mannE'd, THEN NOTIFY the TSC to evacuate non-essential personnel from affected areas F
ENTER 2-EOI-3 Flowchart.
G REFER TO 2-AOI-64*2d and. for loss of power to NUMAC drawer, to 2*01*90, Section 6.0.
H. REFER TO 2-AOI-79-1 or 2*AOI-79-2 as applicable.
I.
REFER TO EPIP-t J
REFER TO Technical SpeCIfication Section 3.3.6 2 and 3.3 7 1 2-45E620*3 2-47E610*90*1 GE 2-730E927*21 TVA Calc a
a a
a a a
a a a
a a a Technical SpeClfic.ations 3.36.2 and 3.3.7.1 NOOOO90200500 I!EDC63693 Form ES-401-5
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
295025 High Reactor Pressure I 3 Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
SRO 1
EA2.01 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only) 1 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE:
295025EA2.01 Reactor pressure Importance Rating 4.3 I Proposed Question: # 80 Following a Scram on Unit 2, 2-EOI-1, "RPV Control," 2-EOI-2, "Primary Containment Control,"
and 2-C-5, "Level/Power Control," are being executed. Although direction had been given, an attempt to establish a level band for 2-C-5 resulted in Reactor Water Level dropping to (-) 125 inches before ANY outside action could be completed. Additionally, the following plant conditions exist:
Four SRVs are OPEN at their setpoint(s)
Reactor Water Level is currently being controlled at (-) 75 inches There is NO indication of a steam line break Standby Liquid Control (SLC) is injecting with tank level at 83%
Suppression Pool Level is 17 feet and stable You receive a crew update that 2-EOI-Appendix 8A, "Bypassing Group I RPV Low Low Low Level Isolation Interlocks," has just been completed Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
Based on the above conditions, the correct course of action is to __ _
[REFERENCE PROVIDED]
A. exit the RC/P leg of 2-EOI-1, "RPV Control," AND enter into 2-C-2, "Emergency RPV Depressurization."
B. perform the actions necessary to "Anticipate Emergency Depressurization," per the RC/P Override in 2-EOI-1, "RPV Control."
C. execute 2-EOI-Appendix 8B, "Reopening MSIVs Following a Group I Isolation," per the Override in 2-EOI-1, "RPV Control."
D. augment Pressure Control with RCIC AND RWCU per 2-EOI-Appendix 11 BAND 11 E, "Alternate RPV Pressure Control Systems (RCIC/RWCU)."
I Proposed Answer: A ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
295025 High Reactor Pressure I 3 Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
SRO 1
EA2.01 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only) 1 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH REACTOR PRESSURE:
295025EA2.01 Reactor pressure Importance Rating 4.3 I Proposed Question: # 80 Following a Scram on Unit 2, 2-EOI-1, "RPV Control," 2-EOI-2, "Primary Containment Control,"
and 2-C-5, "Level/Power Control," are being executed. Although direction had been given, an attempt to establish a level band for 2-C-5 resulted in Reactor Water Level dropping to (-) 125 inches before ANY outside action could be completed. Additionally, the following plant conditions exist:
Four SRVs are OPEN at their setpoint(s)
Reactor Water Level is currently being controlled at (-) 75 inches There is NO indication of a steam line break Standby Liquid Control (SLC) is injecting with tank level at 83%
Suppression Pool Level is 17 feet and stable You receive a crew update that 2-EOI-Appendix 8A, "Bypassing Group I RPV Low Low Low Level Isolation Interlocks," has just been completed Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
Based on the above conditions, the correct course of action is to __ _
[REFERENCE PROVIDED]
A. exit the RC/P leg of 2-EOI-1, "RPV Control," AND enter into 2-C-2, "Emergency RPV Depressurization."
B. perform the actions necessary to "Anticipate Emergency Depressurization," per the RC/P Override in 2-EOI-1, "RPV Control."
C. execute 2-EOI-Appendix 8B, "Reopening MSIVs Following a Group I Isolation," per the Override in 2-EOI-1, "RPV Control."
D. augment Pressure Control with RCIC AND RWCU per 2-EOI-Appendix 11 BAND 11 E, "Alternate RPV Pressure Control Systems (RCIC/RWCU)."
I Proposed Answer: A
ES-401 Explanation (Optional):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 A
CORRECT: With four SRVs lifting at their setpoint, it can be deduced that Reactor Pressure is 1135 psig. Given a corresponding Suppression Pool Level of 17 feet and the curve for SRV Tail Pipe Limit, the candidate can determine that they are in the ACTION REQUIRED portion of the curve.
Thus, Emergency Depressurization is required for these conditions.
Portions of C-5 will be applicable for the ED, but stem already indicates that candidate is executing C-5. Complexity is compounded by not having the EOI flowchart and the override which is related to the Curve 4, which only says to reduce pressure irrespective of cooldown rate.
S INCORRECT: "Anticipating Emergency Depressurization" is rapidly depressurizing using Turbine Bypass Valves irrespective of cooldown rate.
Stem conditions indicate that we dropped below MSIV Isolation setpoint on Low Reactor Water Level before Appendix 8A was completed. Therefore, MSIVs are closed. Additionally, "Anticipating" is not allowed while in C-5.
C INCORRECT: Although this action would be prudent to pursue, the aforementioned SRV Tail Pipe Limit ACTION REQUIRED dictates otherwise; in that an ED is necessary.
o INCORRECT: Augmenting pressure control might also be a prudent choice. But, because SLC is injecting, RWCU is isolated and not available to augment Pressure Control. RCIC would have an initiation signal present.
Technical Reference(s):
2-EOI-1, Rev. 12
-=~~~~~~------------------
(Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version / revision number) 2-EOI App. 8A / 11 B / 11 E Rev 3 / 5 / 4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
2-EOI-1, Curve 4 SRV Tail Pipe Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
Bank #
(Note changes or attach parent)
New X
~---------
~~----------~
Question History:
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES-401 Explanation (Optional):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 A
CORRECT: With four SRVs lifting at their setpoint, it can be deduced that Reactor Pressure is 1135 psig. Given a corresponding Suppression Pool Level of 17 feet and the curve for SRV Tail Pipe Limit, the candidate can determine that they are in the ACTION REQUIRED portion of the curve.
Thus, Emergency Depressurization is required for these conditions.
Portions of C-5 will be applicable for the ED, but stem already indicates that candidate is executing C-5. Complexity is compounded by not having the EOI flowchart and the override which is related to the Curve 4, which only says to reduce pressure irrespective of cooldown rate.
S INCORRECT: "Anticipating Emergency Depressurization" is rapidly depressurizing using Turbine Bypass Valves irrespective of cooldown rate.
Stem conditions indicate that we dropped below MSIV Isolation setpoint on Low Reactor Water Level before Appendix 8A was completed. Therefore, MSIVs are closed. Additionally, "Anticipating" is not allowed while in C-5.
C INCORRECT: Although this action would be prudent to pursue, the aforementioned SRV Tail Pipe Limit ACTION REQUIRED dictates otherwise; in that an ED is necessary.
o INCORRECT: Augmenting pressure control might also be a prudent choice. But, because SLC is injecting, RWCU is isolated and not available to augment Pressure Control. RCIC would have an initiation signal present.
Technical Reference(s):
2-EOI-1, Rev. 12
-=-=~~~--~------------------
(Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version / revision number) 2-EOI App. 8A / 11 B / 11 E Rev 3 / 5 / 4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
2-EOI-1, Curve 4 SRV Tail Pipe Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
Bank #
(Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History:
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES-401 2-EOI-1 RC.J C!. ALTERw,rE LEVEL COIHOC 0***
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet L
RCtI'*'
~
WHILE EXECUTING THE FOLLOWING STEPS:
I.E nwt PMlV1!HT INJ FOOM mL.Y rHOSE CS ANO ow PRESS IS IISOVE 2.4 PSIG LPCI f'\\JM1'S~REOLl1REO rOASSURE AOEOLiA IE COR COOLING BEFORE DCl'RESSUfliIING BELOW 340 PSIG {Af'f'X 4)
ROf>..Z r
WHILE EXECUTING THE FOLLOWING STEPS:
If.
IHm EMERGENCY RN DEPRESSURlZAflON IS mTIO!'A 'fED btlQ 11""101. Y DEPIlES.Utll2l! rftO RI'"
Wll H THE MA1N 'lURe 8Yf'ASS V\\.'h THE REACTOR WU RE.l.W,j SUBCRlT(;AL IRRESf'ECTIYE Of COOLOOWN RATE
~
BORON UN!JER ALl COND! nONS
{SlOE NOTE)
RCtf~3 WHILE EXECUTING THE FOLLOWING STEPS:
If.
IH.IH EMERGEOCY RN OEPRESSURIZATlOI-j EXIT RCIP AND IS REOUIRE.O EIfTUt C2. EMERGENCY RN D£PRf.S5URlZAfiON WATER LV!. cm!!QT BE OETERIo4IIED EXf'I'RC/PAND EIfT'Rt C4. RPV fl<X>DING RClp..(
~
Form ES-401-5 L
L L
ES-401 2-EOI-1 RC.J C!. ALTERw,rE LEVEL COIHOC 0***
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet L
RCtI'*'
WHILE EXECUTING THE FOLLOWING STEPS:
I.E nwt PMlV1!HT INJ FOOM mL.Y rHOSE CS ANO ow PRESS IS IISOVE 2.4 PSIG LPCI f'\\JM1'S~REOLl1REO rOASSURE AOEOLiA IE COR COOLING BEFORE DCl'RESSUfliIING BELOW 340 PSIG {Af'f'X 4)
ROf>..Z 1
WHILE EXECUTING THE FOLLOWING STEPS:
If.
IHm EMERGENCY RN DEPRESSURlZAflON IS mTIO!'A 'fED btlQ 11""101. Y DEPIlES.Utll2l! rftO RI'"
Wll H THE MA1N 'lURe 8Yf'ASS V\\.'h THE REACTOR WU RE.l.W,j SUBCRlT(;AL IRRESf'ECTIYE Of COOLOOWN RATE
~
BORON UN!JER ALl COND! nONS
{SlOE NOTE)
RCtf~3 WHILE EXECUTING THE FOLLOWING STEPS:
If.
IH.IH EMERGEOCY RN OEPRESSURIZATlOI-j EXIT RCIP AND IS REOUIRE.O EIfTUt C2. EMERGENCY RN D£PRf.S5URlZAfiON WATER LV!. cm!!QT BE OETERIo4IIED EXf'I'RC/PAND EIfT'Rt C4. RPV fl<X>DING RClp..(
Form ES-401-5 L
L L
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet I'IHILE EXECUTING THE FOLLOWING STEPS:
If
~1oWI..
- tOIIO~T'I;
- )<O t:y:"8-n;.,...... 8'11....,.:
TH6N OPIIM~TOJtg:aT~ ~"
~~/S1'I'.A""'TaM"
~>><~(;PtPC;l.SL<)''' '.. Y...
APPI<.~"""""!
~~VT<l'l"l"S!oil\\:ahA.,"
~), *.wAUQP06-PC$\\,.OW' t.
NCJ~OI!t... :u
~"'U!!T~I.~~"""'D.,.\\TI(Jr( I A,>>----.... ----~~
...",{,
i"' .~~1 I.::1al..,.,....... ""I'.MWW1Ill'1~Wl14 I
~..... C(JloC)_t:~CJlrHM~AV".~ I L-____ ~_
' _.~
'~
__._~_M._.~-'-'----------~ L 1
, :500~,.S~5~'I'If'1'>oj?Nil
- JI\\IfIIICJ'OlI O..... '<<)u"O'l"''::Hi3I~-n:l'o.nn8l.
+--"-.. -",-",-_O;';'.;"
'l:';;';;~';"""";;;';;;~';;~ :;.;':....;.
';;"'~,,-~---+..;,;,.~
,f.
- ~S.,.AM.L-5!"v;;.........lCCW,.... ;.CHr
.. ~~ : IfI','" [) I "I ~.... u.....-
l!::I.Il""""Q'/IO<~ ~CCli'f'T'\\(L<I~ "
a..o, **
A.J't()
nADil ~
JILi"O,'"C:".J,t.'I'"~1.OO'C
~G.,. :t:;IT O ~
01-1 L
L Form ES-401-5 CURVE 4 SRV TAil PIPE lVL UMiT CAUTIONS CAI1TION Ii
- "")'ltIUoP$ ~a;A.I(U1W~ (I"""""; A:j~~Ur. ~ O.Jl!K.I"li1"~o(la<.NQl(
,>i(ASSQC"~~"4S1C6J"'o(f WlU",J ~~:AJt.IOI!I01..... G"'1"1{...1J'4 M1NtJUM MAX fNl RUN TH9
.. AX INSTRUMEN<
RAr<GE INDICATED tFRCYJiXR-(>4.-5{)
R~n OR rl-64..slABi F RCJJ: r I-B<""'"
. \\<5 l~ tTC tJ<J.f;M, a a.or~y MIlO :
,mTO -<<l 211 TO :
})ITO :
U.J~'
Cl'i5CAl!:
6CWo'O u-J.,.,
lSI TO ;
""""L i... hH:M O T:),a)
)lITO :
U-l*253 251m".
u"'*2QlA. B e 0
- 1)1 TO :
u~ 62 U*1.a1A N: O OCNT
~~,lli.C
- Hlm'>>
oo.OWIOO O1'0 '$)
...~
.,,,,,oa-
" '0""
\\.. k )M
"_OOOft>>
"T~ "
,.~
01') '<<)0
~.
.., *.s HtTO~OO ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet I'IHIL.E EXECUTING THE FOLLOWING STEPS:
If
~1oWI"""IoiO~T'QOi
('I..Idllt;" LNi8"f'-":
THaN
"'M~TOJtg:aT~ -:.
~~/S1'I'.A""'TaM"
~
... ~(;PtI"'Cl.sL<)'",,",, '.\\O\\,..
~J<.~"""""!
~~VT<l'l'ol"Sfooll""'U/'..,"
~), *.wAUQPo&PC$\\,.QIII'Ii' t.
NCJ-f(faoIOI!t~$i AH'X" 'U!!T~I.~ _
"....~T J()rr( 1 CAUlION*
L
"""'_"'''''''''WCO~ S~5~~?iil
..:JI\\IfIIICNlO*.... II()U..O""""3c...
3I~-n::l'o.!VIT8I.
~:.~::~:~JO:,.:
,:~~:
.~~~~~~~~~:~'~~
. ~::.:,:~::::~~~
,f.
,,~'II(JII. : Ifl',MolOl "'~" "LA.""-
l!:I.b. rLfr,Q 1<100 ~~
CCl'f'T'\\o. -I..... ro-...
Q.Ol'........ 't()
n..II"~-.:,.o ""c:".j,t.r~~
~CI. ' * :t:;IT O ~
01-1 L
4 4
4 4
Form ES-401-5 CURVE 4 SRV TAil PIPE lVL UMiT CAUTIONS CAUTION 111
- "';J*lt IUof-"S (J(*.;I'O..'<Io,AIW-S (IAa.J£e. A:j~CIIo8 \\J(
N4Lo-.J l!H)"1I>t "~o(l U~QI>(
,000ASSOC~W...aII:&.J"'O(fWlU",J "*C.~:AJt.IOIII01..... G"' 1"qJ1'4 t.CtNtJ:l1M MAX WI RUN Tn.4='
MAX INSTRUMEN"7 RANGE INDICATED lFR.(Y,.oIXR-~..&fJ RtN 'rI cYl.
ORrl-64~i F ~.
i,.
~
AA Be"'"
ISHe.:
tJ<J.f;M, a a..tw"..otCY
):)110 :
- tSST,,) Oit) 2£1 TO :
l)ITO :
U.J~j
~5CAU:
AA ana..
u-J""
.s 151 TO;
"""'l w",*;zoa O T:) fo!l)
).lITO ;
U-l*2S.1 2$lm.-.
w~*2QlA. a c 0
- 1)1 TO :
u--3 ~2 U*l.a2A
"':' ':' OC ~T Cf'I~,IIi..(
- Hl m->>
""-ow",,
~
- ,,;fI)a _
...... )M r"I.OOOJP
" )\\I
.Z91T,:).,
.. ~
om*4lO
~.
HO)",
1 ro",
- s HtTO~.;n
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 CURVE 4 SRV TAIL PIPE LVL LIMIT 19 I
i t--+-I--+--I---+-I---I---iHi+.- AC11~ _
~ 18
\\
REOUIRED
\\ ~~
SlIFE 5
~-+-+--+-+--+-+--+--+--+---r--H~
<JJ 16...
14+--+ __ ~-+ __ ~~
__ ~~~~~~~~~
o 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 110011200 J
RP>! PRESS (pSlG) 11:l5 T
WHILE EXECUTING THE FOLLOWING STEPS:
IF THEN STEAM COOLING IS REOUIRED EXIT RCIP 0----
SUPPR PL TEMP AND LVL CANNOT BE LOWER RPV PRESS TO MAINT AIN SUPPR PL MAINTAINED IN A SAFE AREA OF TEMP AND L VlIN A SAFE AREA OF CURVE 3.
CURVE 3 AT THE EXISTING RPV PRESS IRRESPECTIVE OF COOL DOWN RATE MAINTAIN RPV PRESS IN THE SAFE AREA OF
~
SUPPR PL L \\It. CANNOT BE MAINTAINED IN THE SAFE AREA OF CURVE 4 CURVE 4. IRRESPECTIVE OF COOL DOWN RATE Rc/P-7 L
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 CURVE 4 SRV TAIL PIPE LVL LIMIT I
i
\\
\\
\\ "f(
SIIffi
~ 18+--+--~~~--~-+--+-~~~
5
~ 17+--+--~~-4--~-+--+--r~~c-~
~ 16+--+--r-~-4--~-+--+--r~r-~~~
14+--+ __ ~~~
__ ~~
__ ~~~~~~~
o 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1 1200 RP>! PRESS (pSlG)
T WHILE EXECUTING THE FOLLOWING STEPS:
IF THEN STEAM COOLING IS REQUIRED EXIT RCiP 0----
SUPPR PL TEMP AND LVL CANNOT BE LOWER RPV PRESS TO MAINTAIN SUPPR PL MAINTAINED IN A SAFE AREA OF TEMP AND L VL IN A SAFE AREA OF CURVE 3.
~---
CURVE 3 AT THE EXISTING RPV PRESS IRRESPECTIVE OF COOL DOWN RATE
""'=- SUPPR PL L VL CANNOT BE MAINTAINED IN MAINTAIN RPV PRESS IN ll-iE SAFE AREA OF r-_*
THE SAFE AREA OF CURVE 4 CURVE4. IRRESPECTIVE OF COOL DOWN RATE L
RCJp*7
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
295028 High Drywell Temperature /5 EA2.01 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
SRO 1
1 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURE:
Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
295028EA2.01 Drywell temperature Importance Rating 4.1 I Proposed Question: # 81 Unit 1 is operating at 100% Reactor Power when a loss of Drywell Cooling occurs resulting in the following conditions:
Drywell Temperature is 145 OF and rising Drywell Pressure is 1.4 psig and rising Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
Based on the above conditions, Tech Spec BASES analysis assumptions indicate that if a Design Basis Accident LOCA were to occur at this moment, the design Drywell Temperature limit
_(1)_ expected to be exceeded; AND if ALL other Structures, Systems, and Components function as designed, _(2)_ will be required.
A. (1) is NOT (2) 1-EOI Appendix 178 "RHR System Operation Drywell Sprays," using only those. pumps that are NOT required for adequate core cooling B. (1) is (2) 1-EOI Appendix 17B "RHR System Operation Drywell Sprays," using only those pumps that are NOT required for adequate core cooling C. (1) is NOT (2) venting the Drywell irrespective of offsite radioactivity release rates per 1-EOI Appendix 13, "Emergency Venting Primary Containment,"
D. (1) is (2) venting the Drywell irrespective of offsite radioactivity release rates per 1-EOI Appendix 13, "Emergency Venting Primary Containment,"
I Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A CORRECT: Part 1 = correct, Tech Spec Bases (3.6.1.4) document for high drywell temperature states the design drywell temperature of 336 degrees cannot be ensured following a design basis LOCA if drywell temperature is not maintained below 150 degrees. With conditions starting at < 150 degrees, the initial conditions are met; therefore, the OW Temp limit is NOT expected to be exceeded. Part 2 = correct, EOI-2 step DW/T-10 requires using APP 17B to spray the Drywell using ONLY pumps not required for adequate core cooling. This would be achieved under DBA LOCA conditions.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
295028 High Drywell Temperature /5 EA2.01 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
SRO 1
1 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURE:
Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
295028EA2.01 Drywell temperature Importance Rating 4.1 I Proposed Question: # 81 Unit 1 is operating at 100% Reactor Power when a loss of Drywell Cooling occurs resulting in the following conditions:
Drywell Temperature is 145 OF and rising Drywell Pressure is 1.4 psig and rising Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
Based on the above conditions, Tech Spec BASES analysis assumptions indicate that if a Design Basis Accident LOCA were to occur at this moment, the design Drywell Temperature limit
_(1)_ expected to be exceeded; AND if ALL other Structures, Systems, and Components function as designed, _(2)_ will be required.
A. (1) is NOT (2) 1-EOI Appendix 178 "RHR System Operation Drywell Sprays," using only those. pumps that are NOT required for adequate core cooling B. (1) is (2) 1-EOI Appendix 17B "RHR System Operation Drywell Sprays," using only those pumps that are NOT required for adequate core cooling C. (1) is NOT (2) venting the Drywell irrespective of offsite radioactivity release rates per 1-EOI Appendix 13, "Emergency Venting Primary Containment,"
D. (1) is (2) venting the Drywell irrespective of offsite radioactivity release rates per 1-EOI Appendix 13, "Emergency Venting Primary Containment,"
I Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A CORRECT: Part 1 = correct, Tech Spec Bases (3.6.1.4) document for high drywell temperature states the design drywell temperature of 336 degrees cannot be ensured following a design basis LOCA if drywell temperature is not maintained below 150 degrees. With conditions starting at < 150 degrees, the initial conditions are met; therefore, the OW Temp limit is NOT expected to be exceeded. Part 2 = correct, EOI-2 step DW/T-10 requires using APP 17B to spray the Drywell using ONLY pumps not required for adequate core cooling. This would be achieved under DBA LOCA conditions.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 B
INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect, See above Part 2 = correct, as explained above.
C INCORRECT: Part 1 = correct. Part 2 = incorrect, PSP is not exceeded, based on given conditions, following a DBA LOCA with a functional Torus and although trending up, Drywell Pressure is in normal range. Therefore, Emergency Venting would not be necessary.
D INCORRECT: Part 1 and 2 are incorrect.
Technical Reference(s):
T.S.3.6.1.4 /2.1 BASES, 1-EOI-2 Rev a (Attach if not previously provided)
FSAR 14.6.3, EOI APP. 13/17B Rev %
(Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
_______ (As available)
Question Source:
(Note changes or attach parent)
New X
~-,
Question History:
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10/95 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 B
INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect, See above Part 2 = correct, as explained above.
C INCORRECT: Part 1 = correct. Part 2 = incorrect, PSP is not exceeded, based on given conditions, following a DBA LOCA with a functional Torus and although trending up, Drywell Pressure is in normal range. Therefore, Emergency Venting would not be necessary.
D INCORRECT: Part 1 and 2 are incorrect.
Technical Reference(s):
1.S.3.6.1.4 /2.1 BASES, 1-EOI-2 Rev a (Attach if not previously provided)
FSAR 14.6.3, EOI APP. 13/17B Rev %
(Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
_______ (As available)
Bank #
M ifIed Bank #
New LastNR x
(Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Drywell Air Temperature B36.1.4 B 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS B 3.6.1.4 Drywell Air Temperature BASES BACKGROUND The drywell contains the reactor vessel and piping, which add heat to the airspace. Drywell coolers remove heat and maintain a suitable enVIronment The average airspace temperature affects the calculated response to postulated DeSign BaSIS Accidents (DBAs) The limitation on the drywell average air temperature was developed as reasonable, based on operating experience. The limitation on dry\\'1ell air temperature is used in the Reference I safety analyses APPLICABLE Primary containment performance is evaluated for a SAFETY ANAL YSES spectrum of break sizes for postulated loss of coolant aCCidents (LOCAs) (Ref 1) Among the inputs to the design basis analysis is the initial drywell average air temperature (Reft).
Analyses assume an initial average drywell air temperature of 150°F. This limitation ensures that the safety analysis remains valid by maintaining the expected initial conditions and ensures that the peak drywell temperature does not exceed the maximum allowable temperature of 336'F (Ref. 2) Exceeding this temperature may result in the degradation of the primary containment structure under accident loads. Equipment inside primary containment required to mitigate the effects of a DBA is designed to operate and be capable of operating under environmental conditions expected for the accident LCO Drywell air temperature satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement (Ref 3)
In the event of a DBA, with an initial drywell average air temperature less than or equal to the LCO temperature limit, the resultant peak accident temperature IS maintained below the maximum allowable temperature As a result, the ability of pnmary containment to perform its design function is ensured.
Form ES*401*5 ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Drywell Air Temperature B36.1.4 B 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS B 3.6.1.4 Drywell Air Temperature BASES BACKGROUND The drywell contains the reactor vessel and piping, which add heat to the airspace. Drywell coolers remove heat and maintain a suitable enVIronment The average airspace temperature affects the calculated response to postulated DeSign BaSIS Accidents (DBAs) The limitation on the drywell average air temperature was developed as reasonable, based on operating experience. The limitation on dry\\'1ell air temperature is used in the Reference I safety analyses APPLICABLE Primary containment performance is evaluated for a SAFETY ANAL YSES spectrum of break sizes for postulated loss of coolant aCCidents (LOCAs) (Ref 1) Among the inputs to the design basis analysis is the initial drywell average air temperature (Reft).
Analyses assume an initial average drywell air temperature of 150°F. This limitation ensures that the safety analysis remains valid by maintaining the expected initial conditions and ensures that the peak drywell temperature does not exceed the maximum allowable temperature of 336'F (Ref. 2) Exceeding this temperature may result in the degradation of the primary containment structure under accident loads. Equipment inside primary containment required to mitigate the effects of a DBA is designed to operate and be capable of operating under environmental conditions expected for the accident LCO Drywell air temperature satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement (Ref 3)
In the event of a DBA, with an initial drywell average air temperature less than or equal to the LCO temperature limit, the resultant peak accident temperature IS maintained below the maximum allowable temperature As a result, the ability of pnmary containment to perform its design function is ensured.
Form ES*401*5
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Suppression Pool Average Temperature B 3.6.2.1 Form ES*401*5 B 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS B 3.6.2.1 Suppression Pool Average Temperature BASES BACKGROUND The suppression chamber is a toroidal shaped, steel pressure vessel containing a volume of water called the suppression pooL The suppression pool is designed to absorb the decay heat and sensible energy released during a reactor blowdown from safety/relief valve discharges or from Design Basis Accidents (DBAs) The suppression pool must quench all the steam released through the downcomer lines during a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) This is the essential mitigative feature of a pressure suppression containment that ensures that the peak containment pressure is maintained below the maximum allowable pressure for DBAs (62 psig) The suppression IXlOI must also condense steam from steam exhaust lines in the turbine driven systems (ie, the High Pressure Coolant Injection System and Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System) Suppression pool average temperature (along with LCO 3.6 2.2, "Suppression Pool Water Level") is a key indication of the capacity of the suppression pool to fulfill these requirements The technical concerns that lead to the development of suppression pool average temperature limits are as follows
- a. Complete steam condensation - the original limit for the end of a LOCA blowdown was 170 Q F, based on the Bodega Bay and Humboldt Bay Tests;
- b. Primary containment peak pressure and temperature -
design pressure is 56 psig and design temperature is 281 "'F (Ref. I ); and
- c. Condensation oscillation loads - maximum allowable initial temperature is 11 O"F ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Suppression Pool Average Temperature B 3.6.2.1 Form ES*401*5 B 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS B 3.6.2.1 Suppression Pool Average Temperature BASES BACKGROUND The suppression chamber is a toroidal shaped, steel pressure vessel containing a volume of water called the suppression pooL The suppression pool is designed to absorb the decay heat and sensible energy released during a reactor blowdown from safety/relief valve discharges or from Design Basis Accidents (DBAs) The suppression pool must quench all the steam released through the downcomer lines during a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) This is the essential mitigative feature of a pressure suppression containment that ensures that the peak containment pressure is maintained below the maximum allowable pressure for DBAs (62 psig) The suppression IXlOI must also condense steam from steam exhaust lines in the turbine driven systems (ie, the High Pressure Coolant Injection System and Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System) Suppression pool average temperature (along with LCO 3.6 2.2, "Suppression Pool Water Level") is a key indication of the capacity of the suppression pool to fulfill these requirements The technical concerns that lead to the development of suppression pool average temperature limits are as follows
- a. Complete steam condensation - the original limit for the end of a LOCA blowdown was 170 Q F, based on the Bodega Bay and Humboldt Bay Tests;
- b. Primary containment peak pressure and temperature -
design pressure is 56 psig and design temperature is 281 "'F (Ref. I ); and
- c. Condensation oscillation loads - maximum allowable initial temperature is 11 O"F
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 APPLICABLE The postulated DBA against which the primary containment SAFETY ANALYSES performance is evaluated is the entire spectrum of postulated pipe breaks within the primary containment. Inputs to the safety analyses include initial suppression pool water volume and suppression pool tempemture (Reference 1 for LOCAs and Reference 2 for the pool temperature analyses reqUired by Reference 3) An Initial pool temperature of 95' F is assumed for the Reference 'I and Reference 2 analyses Reactor shutdown at a pool temperature of 110°F and vessel depressurization at a pool temperature of 120°F are assumed for the Reference 2 analyses, The limit of 105°F, at which testing is tenninated. is not used in the safety analyses because DBAs are assumed to not initiate during unit testing Suppression pool average temperature satisfies Criteria 2 and 3 of the NRC Policy Statement (Ref 5),
BFN-2 '1 TABLE 146-3
SUMMARY
OF POWER UPRATE INPUT PARAMETERS USED FOR ALL CONTAINMENT ANALYSES Parameter Core Thermal Power 102~O of uprated power (3458 MWt)
Initial Reactor Core Flow (100% rated)
Vessel dome pressure At '102% of uprated power (3458 MWt)
Initial drywell pressure Initial drywell temperature (Maximum value used to maximize the drywell temp response)
Initial drywell relative humidity (Minimum)
Initial wetwell pressure Initial wetwell airspace temperature (Maximum)
Initial welwell airspace relative humidity (Maximum)
Unit MWt Mlbm/hr psia psia OF
~!o psia OF Ii Analysis Value for Power Uprale 3527 102.5 1053 170il5,1 ( 1) 150 20 15.9/15 1(1) 95 100 ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 APPLICABLE The postulated DBA against which the primary containment SAFETY ANALYSES performance is evaluated is the entire spectrum of postulated pipe breaks within the primary containment. Inputs to the safety analyses include initial suppression pool water volume and suppression pool tempemture (Reference 1 for LOCAs and Reference 2 for the pool temperature analyses required by Reference 3) An initial pool temperature of 95'F is assllmed for the Reference I and Reference 2 analyses. Reactor shutdown at a pool temperature of IIO"F and vessel depressurization at a pool temperature of 120°F are assumed for the Reference 2 analyses. The limit of 105°F, at which testing is tenninated. is not used in the safety analyses becallse DBAs are assumed \\0 not initiate during unit testing Suppression pool average temperature satisfies Criteria 2 and 3 of the NRC Policy Statement (Ref 5).
BFN-2 '1 TABLE 146-3
SUMMARY
OF POWER UPRATE INPUT PARAMETERS USED FOR ALL CONTAINMENT ANALYSES Parameter Core Thermal Power 102% of uprated power (3458 MWt)
Initial Reactor Core Flow (100% rated)
Vessel dome pressure At '102% of uprated power (3458 MWt)
Initial drywell pressure Inibal drywell temperature (Maximum value used to maximize the drywell temp response)
Initial drywell relative humidity (Minimum)
Initial wetwell pressure Initial wetwell airspace temperature (Maximum)
Initial wetwell airspace relative humidity (Maximum)
Unit MWt Mlbm/hr psia psia OF 0 1 10 psia OF Ii Analysis Value for Power Uprate 3527 102.5 1053 17.0/1 5. 'I 11:
150 20 15.9/15 1 ( 1) 95 100
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet 1-EOI-2:
t,
r " --
r
'f t
i
,.. L L----------.----------~L L
t I
I i *
~
_T¥..,.. OI.~'rS U6HlOM.l... *..Nfll tOl.~o *,'
!0I4I1:1U1& 1OI 0UII'T ti~ C OCL'_'O... ~
L-_~
'~
' ~
______ ~------------~
~
+
\\_--+~-------.~.--1 a
~ r i r
~
CURVE 6 PRESS SUPPR PRJ: SS
" ~'""",,,I
~~ -
I--
" I "I
1 1
I 1111512
\\.I
.~IH**~~'\\'1.""!
CURVE 6 PRESS SUPPR PRESS 35 211 30 ?-" __ 'ACTIO)
REaUIRED --t----t--t, ___
--=:J;.;;;;;;;;;;;;o-t-~=t-----i 25
---~--
20 15 SAFE 10 5
o 11 11.512 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 SUPPR PL LVL (FT)
t,
' r""
(
'f L
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet
+
j I
i *
~ r I l
~
CURVE 6 PRESS SUPPR PRESS
- >--i""""I '
~~
I--I--
)l
" I "I
I I
1111512
\\.I
.~IH*U"rl.""!
t i
L----------.----------~L
\\.-....
~----.~~-
35
)
L CURVE 6 PRESS SUPPR PRESS 211
....*. -... ~. ------..
Form ES-401-5
.. _____ L_
[
~CMo~Yi'.4'N)Q.tiI".l'.IJI.AA""l~Itl~ I
'TO.s..... ~TI!C>:lIO!J~."COO.1'N,.lO\\A"
""J~
' re
- ". ~........ "..
~
""'';:Mo...,.;:'~O()II I'I!IJ'TE
~,(rtyJCe..E ** 1Uo'1~'.
30 1--- 'ACTION I ReaUIRED --t---1---r
-::::j;;;;;;;;;;;II-t-~=t----j 25 20
-~---
15 SAFE 10 5
o 1111.512 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 SUPPR PL LVL eFT)
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
700000 Generator Voltage and Electric Grid Disturbances / 6 G2.4.31 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Knowledge of annunciator alarms, indications, or response procedures.
I Proposed Question: # 82 Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Form ES-401-5 SRO 1
1 700000G2.4.31 4.1 Unit 1 is shut down for a Refueling Outage. Unit 2 is shut down for a Forced Outage. Unit 3 is operating at 100% Reactor Power. An electrical grid disturbance results in the following plant conditions:
Loss of Limestone AND Trico 500kV offsite lines Grid Frequency is 59.9 Hz Grid Voltage is 514 kV Unit 3 remains on line Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
Based on current conditions, the operating crew must _(1)_ Reactive Power (MVARS) as directed by _(2)_.
A. (1) lower (2) 0-AOI-57-1 B, "Loss of 500kV."
B. (1) raise (2) 0-AOI-57-1 B, "Loss of 500kV."
C. (1) lower (2) 0-AOI-57-1 E, "Grid Instability."
D. (1) raise (2) 0-AOI-57-1 E, "Grid Instability."
I Proposed Answer: 0 Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Part 1 and 2 are incorrect. See Explanation D.
B INCORRECT: Part 1 = correct, As explained in 0 Part 2 = incorrect, although there is a partial loss of 500 kV, 0-AOI-57 -1 B, "Loss of 500kV" provides guidance for complete loss of 500 kV distribution.
C INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect, As explained in D. Plausible in that this would be correct action if system voltage was> 540 kV Part 2 = correct, as explained in D.
o CORRECT: Parts 1 and 2 are correct -
Per 0-AOI-57 -1 E, "Grid Instability", if system voltage is less than 515 kV, raise reactive power until system voltage returns to 520 kV ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
700000 Generator Voltage and Electric Grid Disturbances / 6 G2.4.31 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Knowledge of annunciator alarms, indications, or response procedures.
I Proposed Question: # 82 Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Form ES-401-5 SRO 1
1 700000G2.4.31 4.1 Unit 1 is shut down for a Refueling Outage. Unit 2 is shut down for a Forced Outage. Unit 3 is operating at 100% Reactor Power. An electrical grid disturbance results in the following plant conditions:
Loss of Limestone AND Trico 500kV offsite lines Grid Frequency is 59.9 Hz Grid Voltage is 514 kV Unit 3 remains on line Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
Based on current conditions, the operating crew must _(1)_ Reactive Power (MVARS) as directed by _(2)_.
A. (1) lower (2) 0-AOI-57-1 B, "Loss of 500kV."
B. (1) raise (2) 0-AOI-57-1 B, "Loss of 500kV."
C. (1) lower (2) 0-AOI-57-1 E, "Grid Instability."
D. (1) raise (2) 0-AOI-57-1 E, "Grid Instability."
I Proposed Answer: 0 Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Part 1 and 2 are incorrect. See Explanation D.
B INCORRECT: Part 1 = correct, As explained in 0 Part 2 = incorrect, although there is a partial loss of 500 kV, 0-AOI-57 -1 B, "Loss of 500kV" provides guidance for complete loss of 500 kV distribution.
C INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect, As explained in D. Plausible in that this would be correct action if system voltage was> 540 kV Part 2 = correct, as explained in D.
o CORRECT: Parts 1 and 2 are correct -
Per 0-AOI-57 -1 E, "Grid Instability", if system voltage is less than 515 kV, raise reactive power until system voltage returns to 520 kV
ES-401 Technical Reference(s):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet OPL 171.036 Rev 11 Form ES-401-5 (Attach if not previously provided)
O-AOI-57-1 E Rev 7 (Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
Question History:
Bank #
Modified Bank #
New X
Last NRC Exam (Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES-401 Technical Reference(s):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet OPL 171.036 Rev 11 Form ES-401-5 (Attach if not previously provided)
O-AOI-57-1 E Rev 7 (Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
Question History:
Bank #
Modified Bank #
New x
(Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional - Questions validated at the facility since 10/95 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES-401 BFN Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Grid Instability O-AOI-57-1E Unit 0 Rev. 0007 Page 7 of 18 4.2 Subsequent Action (continued)
[6]
IF grid instability is characterized by system voltage being maintained outside the normal limits of 525 + 5 KV, THEN PERFORM the following steps
[6.1]
IF system voltage is greater than 540KY, THEN
[6.1.1)
[6.1.2]
LOWER reactive power to system voltage returns to 530KY, OR UNTIL Generator Reactive power reaches -"150 MVAR.
CHECK 161 KV Cap Banks are Out of Service and EVALUATE conditions to determine appropriate actions. REFER TO 0-GOI-300-4.
[6.2]
IF system voltage is lower than 5"15KY, THEN PERFORM the following
[6.3]
RAISE reactive power to system voltage returns to 520KV OR UNTIL Generator Reactive Power reaches Form ES-401-5 o
o
+200 MVAR, 0
[6.4]
CHECK 16'IKV Cap Banks are In Service and EVALUATE conditions to determine appropriate actions.
REFER TO 0-GOI-300-4.
0
[6.5]
EVALUATE as applicable, entry into Technical Specifications 3.8.1, 3.8.2, 3.8.7 and 3.8.8.
0 ES-401 BFN Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Grid Instability O-AOI-57-1E Unit 0 Rev. 0007 Page 7 of 18 4.2 Subsequent Action (continued)
[6]
IF grid instability is characterized by system voltage being maintained outside the normal limits of 525 + 5 KV, THEN PERFORM the following steps
[6.1]
IF system voltage is greater than 540KY, THEN
[6.1.1)
[6.1.2]
LOWER reactive power to system voltage returns to 530KY, OR UNTIL Generator Reactive power reaches -"150 MVAR.
CHECK 161 KV Cap Banks are Out of Service and EVALUATE conditions to determine appropriate actions. REFER TO 0-GOI-300-4.
[6.2]
IF system voltage is lower than 5"15KY, THEN PERFORM the following
[6.3]
RAISE reactive power to system voltage returns to 520KV OR UNTIL Generator Reactive Power reaches Form ES-401-5 o
o
+200 MVAR, 0
[6.4]
CHECK 16'IKV Cap Banks are In Service and EVALUATE conditions to determine appropriate actions.
REFER TO 0-GOI-300-4.
0
[6.5]
EVALUATE as applicable, entry into Technical Specifications 3.8.1, 3.8.2, 3.8.7 and 3.8.8.
0
WEST POINT MADISON 1 TRINITY 1 MAURY UNION LIMESTONE TRINITY 2
"~
BUS 2 SECTION 1 BUS 2 SECTION 2 6271R 5207 5~
5227 5237 5~ ~~ 5t 5~ 5~ 51 5203 5219 52591
~69h 52791-J ~891-J ~99 5265 l
~63r 52731
~831
~93 5249
~~152~5~1 5213 5223 5233 5243 BUS 1 SECTION 1 BUS 1 SECTION 2 MAIN BANK TRANSFORMERS
~
- s Co X"
-f Dl
- s til "
Q)
(il
- s
(")
CD" til 0
"0 r.....
0 W
"0>>:::00>
Q)"'C CD CO"'C :S.
CD CD en
- J _.
~c..0 o _.:::J
_x.....
~".....
m en *
~
o en I>>
,,3 c'2.
(I) (I)
~:e o ~.
- s::+
- e~
Om
... x
~I>>
- r3 (I) _.
(I) :::I
_I>> -
o*
- I 0... 3 m
en *
~
0.....
- UI WEST POINT MADISON 1 TRINITY 1 MAURY UNION LIMESTONE TRINITY 2
"~
BUS 2 SECTION 1 BUS 2 SECTION 2 6271R 5207 5217 5227 5237 5247 5257 5267 5277 5287 5297 l
ll:flll 5219 5249 5259 5269 5279 5289 5299 5205 5215 5225 5235 5245 5265
~llll l 5203 5213 5223 5233 5243 5263 5273 5283 5293 BUS 1 SECTION 1 BUS 1 SECTION 2 MAIN BANK TRANSFORMERS 0
"0 r.....
0 W
"0>>:::00>
Q)"C CD
~"C :So CD en
- J _0
~c..0 o _0:::J
_x.....
~".....
m (J) *
,J:I.
(;)
(J)
I>>
".g C-(I) (I)
~:e
-.~
o _.
- l::+
- e~
Om
~ ><
~I>>
~3 (I) _.
(I) :::l
_I>> -
o*
- l 0
~
3 m
(J) *
,J:I.
(;)
UI
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
295012 High Drywell Temperature /5 G2.4.34 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during an emergency and the resultant operational effects.
I Proposed Question: # 83 Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1 with the following plant conditions:
2 295012G2.4.34 4.1 Reactor Level is being maintained with Feedwater at (+) 5 inches and stable Drywell Temperature is 245 OF and rising slowly Suppression Pool Level is 15 feet Suppression Chamber Pressure is 1.5 psig and rising slowly Suppression Pool Temperature is 125 OF Recirc Pumps and Drywell Coolers have been secured All except one Control Rod fully inserted Both RHR Loop I Pumps are tagged out RHR SYS II DW SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 1-FCV-74-74 breaker is tripped and will not reset Based on the conditions identified, which ONE of the following identifies the next direction to be given by the Unit Supervisor?
A. Initiate Standby Liquid Control per 1-EOI Appendix 3A, "SLC Injection."
B. Inhibit ADS and direct operator to perform 1-EOI Appendix 5C, "Injection System Lineup RCIC."
C. Dispatch operators to line up, then initiate Suppression Chamber Spray on RHR Loop I using Fire Protection per 2-EOI Appendix 17C, "RHR System Operation Suppression Chamber Sprays."
D. Dispatch a Reactor Operator to manually open RHR SYS " DW SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 1-FCV-74-74, and initiate Orywell Spray per 2-EOI Appendix 178, "RHR System Operation Orywell Sprays."
I Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: SLC Injection is required if Reactor will not be assured of staying subcritical under all conditions without Boron and before SP Temp 110° F. Also, SLC is not needed for level control with level (+) 5 inches and stable and all high pressure injection available. Plausible in that one control rod did not insert and SP Temp is above 110° F.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
295012 High Drywell Temperature /5 G2.4.34 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during an emergency and the resultant operational effects.
I Proposed Question: # 83 Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1 with the following plant conditions:
2 295012G2.4.34 4.1 Reactor Level is being maintained with Feedwater at (+) 5 inches and stable Drywell Temperature is 245 OF and rising slowly Suppression Pool Level is 15 feet Suppression Chamber Pressure is 1.5 psig and rising slowly Suppression Pool Temperature is 125 OF Recirc Pumps and Drywell Coolers have been secured All except one Control Rod fully inserted Both RHR Loop I Pumps are tagged out RHR SYS II DW SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 1-FCV-74-74 breaker is tripped and will not reset Based on the conditions identified, which ONE of the following identifies the next direction to be given by the Unit Supervisor?
A. Initiate Standby Liquid Control per 1-EOI Appendix 3A, "SLC Injection."
B. Inhibit ADS and direct operator to perform 1-EOI Appendix 5C, "Injection System Lineup RCIC."
C. Dispatch operators to line up, then initiate Suppression Chamber Spray on RHR Loop I using Fire Protection per 2-EOI Appendix 17C, "RHR System Operation Suppression Chamber Sprays."
D. Dispatch a Reactor Operator to manually open RHR SYS " DW SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 1-FCV-74-74, and initiate Orywell Spray per 2-EOI Appendix 178, "RHR System Operation Orywell Sprays."
I Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: SLC Injection is required if Reactor will not be assured of staying subcritical under all conditions without Boron and before SP Temp 110° F. Also, SLC is not needed for level control with level (+) 5 inches and stable and all high pressure injection available. Plausible in that one control rod did not insert and SP Temp is above 110° F.
ES-401 Technical Reference(s):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 8
INCORRECT: Inhibiting ADS is the required action if level drops below (-)
120 inches or ADS timer has initiated or if C-1,"Alternate Level Control".
There is no indication that level has dropped below (-) 120 inches and conditions are not met to start ADS Timer. Also, there would be no reason to enter C-1,"Alternate Level Control" with level stable and all high pressure injection systems available. Plausible in that this is a normally exercised step in response to LOCA conditions and performing Appendix 5C would be appropriate action to ensure RCIC available if Feedwater lost.
C INCORRECT: 1-EOI-2 requires initiation of Suppression Chamber Spray before 12 psig. Although pressure is rising and expected to continue to rise, with Suppression Chamber Pressure at 1.5 psig it would be inappropriate to initiate Suppression Chamber Spray. Plausible in that pressure is rising and expected to continue to rise with LOCA.
D CORRECT: Per 1-EOI-2, before Drywell Temperature rises to 280 0 F and with SP Level below 18 feet, Initiate Drywell Spray using pumps not required for adequate core cooling. With the Drywell Temp rise being slow, the Loop II Drywell Spray Valve being readily accessible to manually open and adequate core cooling assured with other systems, this is the required action.
1-EOI-2 Rev 0 (Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
Bank #
Modified Bank #
(As available)
New X
Last NRC Exam (Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional - Questions validated at the facility since 10/95 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES-401 Technical Reference(s):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 8
INCORRECT: Inhibiting ADS is the required action if level drops below (-)
120 inches or ADS timer has initiated or if C-1,"Alternate Level Control".
There is no indication that level has dropped below (-) 120 inches and conditions are not met to start ADS Timer. Also, there would be no reason to enter C-1,"Alternate Level Control" with level stable and all high pressure injection systems available. Plausible in that this is a normally exercised step in response to LOCA conditions and performing Appendix 5C would be appropriate action to ensure RCIC available if Feedwater lost.
C INCORRECT: 1-EOI-2 requires initiation of Suppression Chamber Spray before 12 psig. Although pressure is rising and expected to continue to rise, with Suppression Chamber Pressure at 1.5 psig it would be inappropriate to initiate Suppression Chamber Spray. Plausible in that pressure is rising and expected to continue to rise with LOCA.
o CORRECT: Per 1-EOI-2, before Drywell Temperature rises to 280 0 F and with SP Level below 18 feet, Initiate Drywell Spray using pumps not required for adequate core cooling. With the Drywell Temp rise being slow, the Loop II Drywell Spray Valve being readily accessible to manually open and adequate core cooling assured with other systems, this is the required action.
1-EOI-2 Rev 0 (Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
Bank #
Modified Bank #
(As available)
New X
Last NRC Exam (Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional - Questions validated at the facility since 10/95 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
",L Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet
__ J L _
CURVE S
"-'-'f'r" O.... Sf'RAY"I(J U...,
r-;;;::::=;:::::::;:::::::;::::::::;::J :=:;:::::;-1 t--;.... _~--t.r=. --t--t i /4+--4r-....~==f==I==t I
CUlt\\l!!6 PRas $I)" PIIES$
t : ~ -::~
J",
~-
I "H+-+-+-+
! '. H+-..... +--,..... +--lf-+--l--,-I
'-____.-____ -' L L
'=::----r------'L Form ES-401-5
...,-__..... L
'-____..,-____ -' L f
/
~
,a;r*2 PAGE' ~,
PRIMAAY CONTAINMENT CONTROL UNIT,
BROWNS FERRY NUClEAA Pl.ANT RE~' c ES-401
",L Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet
__ J L _
CURVE S
"-'-'f'r" O.... Sf'RAY"I(J U...,
r-;;;:::=;:::::;:::::::;::::::::;:==;~
t-l+--~-+J--t----i i -t--/4+--4""~==F=F=t I
CUlt\\l!!6 PRas $I)" PIIES$
- 1-' *...,.'".'-I-+--1r=::I--I~"I---1 1,.
-~
I--t::"
J '".--
I "H+-+-+-+
! '. H+-I-+,....I-+--lf-+--l,....-I
'-____.-____ -' L L
'=::----r------'L Form ES-401-5
...,-__..... L
'-____..,-____ -' L f
/
~
,a;r*2 PAGE' ~,
PRIMARY CONTAINMENT CONTROL UNIT,
BROWNS FERRY NUCLEAR Pl.ANT RE~' c
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
295013 High Suppression Pool Temp./5 AA2.02 (10 CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH SUPPRESSION POOL TEMPERATURE:
Localized heating/stratification I Proposed Question: # 84 Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Form ES-401-5 RO SRO 1
2 295013AA2.02 3.5 Unit 2 is operating at 100% Reactor Power, when MSRV, 2-PCV-1-4, inadvertently OPENS. The following conditions exist:
Suppression Pool Bulk Average Temperature is 89 of Suppression Pool Single Element, "Bay 2, TE-64-162A," is 96 of Suppression Pool Level is 15 feet 2-AOI-1-1, "Relief Valve Stuck Open," has been entered Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
If the MSRV were unable to be closed in an expeditious manner AND Suppression Pool (SP)
Cooling was delayed in being placed in service, there would be concern for _(1)_ AND direction to place SP Cooling into service per _(2)_shall be given.
A. (1) damage to the coating on the MSRV Tailpipe (2) 2-01-74, "Residual Heat Removal System,"
B. (1) free release of steam to the Torus air space (2) 2-01-74, "Residual Heat Removal System,"
C. (1) damage to the coating on the MSRV Tailpipe (2) 2-EOI APPENDIX-17A, "RHR System Operation Suppression Pool Cooling,"
. D. (1) free release of steam to the Torus air space (2) 2-EOI APPENDIX-17 A, "RHR System Operation Suppression Pool Cooling,"
I Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect, the MSRVs have no coating that would be of concern, this applies to the coating of the Suppression Pool inner lining.
Part 2 = correct, The correct procedure is addressed, based on NO EOI entry condition exists (average is < 95 0 F).
B CORRECT: Part 1 = correct, localized heating could cause steam to be generated, thus impacting the torus air space. Part 2 = correct, The correct procedure is addressed, based on NO EOI entry condition exists (average is < 95 0 F).
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
295013 High Suppression Pool Temp./5 AA2.02 (10 CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH SUPPRESSION POOL TEMPERATURE:
Localized heating/stratification I Proposed Question: # 84 Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Form ES-401-5 RO SRO 1
2 295013AA2.02 i
3.5 Unit 2 is operating at 100% Reactor Power, when MSRV, 2-PCV-1-4, inadvertently OPENS. The following conditions exist:
Suppression Pool Bulk Average Temperature is 89 of Suppression Pool Single Element, "Bay 2, TE-64-162A," is 96 of Suppression Pool Level is 15 feet 2-AOI-1-1, "Relief Valve Stuck Open," has been entered Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
If the MSRV were unable to be closed in an expeditious manner AND Suppression Pool (SP)
Cooling was delayed in being placed in service, there would be concern for _(1)_ AND direction to place SP Cooling into service per _(2)_shall be given.
A. (1) damage to the coating on the MSRV Tailpipe (2) 2-01-74, "Residual Heat Removal System,"
B. (1) free release of steam to the Torus air space (2) 2-01-74, "Residual Heat Removal System,"
C. (1) damage to the coating on the MSRV Tailpipe (2) 2-EOI APPENDIX-17A, "RHR System Operation Suppression Pool Cooling,"
. D. (1) free release of steam to the Torus air space (2) 2-EOI APPENDIX-17 A, "RHR System Operation Suppression Pool Cooling,"
I Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect, the MSRVs have no coating that would be of concern, this applies to the coating of the Suppression Pool inner lining.
Part 2 = correct, The correct procedure is addressed, based on NO EOI entry condition exists (average is < 95 0 F).
B CORRECT: Part 1 = correct, localized heating could cause steam to be generated, thus impacting the torus air space. Part 2 = correct, The correct procedure is addressed, based on NO EOI entry condition exists (average is < 95 0 F).
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 C
INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect, the MSRVs have no coating that would be of concern, this applies to the coating of the Suppression Pool inner lining.
Part 2 = incorrect, NO EOI conditions exist, (based on average temp not single pOint) AOI / 01 actions apply. Plausible in that the candidate may confuse what constitutes EOI entry.
o INCORRECT: Part 1 = correct, localized heating could cause steam to be generated, thus impacting the torus air space. Part 2 = incorrect, NO EOI conditions exist, (based on average temp not single point) AOI / 01 actions apply. Plausible in that the candidate may confuse what constitutes EOI entry.
Technical Reference(s):
OPL 171.009 Rev 10, 2-01-74 Rev 141 U2 TS 3.6.2.1, EOI Program Manual O-V-(Including version / revision number)
D Rev 0, Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
Bank #
Modified Bank #
(As available)
New X
Last NRC Exam
.0;. ;-
(Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10/95 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 C
INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect, the MSRVs have no coating that would be of concern, this applies to the coating of the Suppression Pool inner lining.
Part 2 = incorrect, NO EOI conditions exist, (based on average temp not single pOint) AOII 01 actions apply. Plausible in that the candidate may confuse what constitutes EOI entry.
o INCORRECT: Part 1 = correct, localized heating could cause steam to be generated, thus impacting the torus air space. Part 2 = incorrect, NO EOI conditions exist, (based on average temp not single point) AOII 01 actions apply. Plausible in that the candidate may confuse what constitutes EOI entry.
Technical Reference(s):
OPL 171.009 Rev 10, 2-01-74 Rev 141 U2 TS 3.6.2.1, EOI Program Manual O-V-(Including version / revision number)
D Rev 0, Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
f Bank #
Modified Bank #
(As available)
New x
Last NRC Exam
. I I
(Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10/95 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet
- 4.
Relief valves Operation:
- a.
Operators should alternate relief valves in the recommended sequence to heat the suppression pool evenly.
- b.
Failure to alternate use may result in suppression pool localized overheating.
potentially causing:
(1)
Damage the coating on the inner surface of the suppression pool.
(2)
Possible release free steam to the torus. causing pressurization of the air space.
Form ES-401-5 OPL 171.009 Revlslon 10 Page 37 0162 Suppression Pool Average Temperature 3.6.2.1 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.2.1 Su ression Pool Average Temperature LCO 3.6.2.1 Suppression pool average temperature shall be:
- a. s; 95°F when any OPERABLE intermediate range monitor (IRM) channel is > 70/125 divisions of full scale on Range 7 and no testing that adds heat to the suppression pool is being performed;
- b. s; 105°F when any OPERABLE IRM channel is > 70/125 divisions of full scale on Range 7 and testing that adds heat to the suppression pool is being performed; and
- c.
s; 110 ~ F when all OPERABLE IRM channels are :: 70/125 divisions of full scale on Range 7.
APPLICABILITY:
MODES 1, 2, and 3.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet
- 4.
Relief valves Operation:
- a.
Operators should alternate relief valves in the recommended sequence to heat the suppression pool evenly.
- b.
Failure to alternate use may result in suppression pool localized overheating.
potentially causing:
(1)
Damage the coating on the inner surface of the suppression pool.
(2)
Possible release free steam to the torus. causing pressurization of the air space.
Form ES-401-5 OPL 171.009 Revlslon 10 Page 370162 Suppression Pool Average Temperature 3.6.2.1 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.2.1 Su ression Pool Avera e Tem eralure LCO 3.6.2.1 Suppression pool average temperature shall be:
- a. ;; 95°F when any OPERABLE intermediate range monitor (IRM) channel is > 70/125 divisions of full scale on Range 7 and no testing that adds heat to the suppression pool is being performed;
- b. ;; 105°F when any OPERABLE IRM channel is > 70/125 divisions of full scale on Range 7 and testing that adds heat to the suppression pool is being performed; and
APPLICABILITY:
MODES 1, 2, and 3.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 EOI-2. PRIMARY CONTAINMENT CONTROL BASES EO! PROGRAM MANUAL SECTION O-V-O DISCUSSION: ENTRY CONDITIONS EOI-2 (Continued)
Primary containment bydrogen concentration above <A.t1>, Minimum D~tectable Hydrogen Concentration.
Controlling primary containment hydrogen concentration prevents failure of primary containment due to pressure/temperature increases associated with ignition of combustible gases.
Supprali.. pool telllperahln above <.A.31>, Tedllak ** SpecI1Iatioacipprada Pool Tem~tueLCO Controlling suppression pool temperature: 1) maintains the pressure suppression function of primary containment, 2) maintains adequate NPSH requirements for pumps that Lake suction on the suppression pool. and 3) prevents exceeding suppression pooVchamber design limits.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 EOI-2. PRIMARY CONTAINMENT CONTROL BASES EO! PROGRAM MANUAL SECTION o-v-o DISCUSSION: ENTRY CONDITIONS EOI-2 (Continued)
Primary containment bydrogen concentration above <A.t1>, Minimum D~tectable Hydrogen Concentration.
Controlling primary containment hydrogen concentration prevents failure of primary containment due to pressure/temperature increases associated with ignition of combustible gases.
Supprad.. pool tem,....hanabove<.A.31>t TednaicalSpedftcatioa appradoa Pool TeaI~tueLCO Controlling suppression pooJ temperature: 1) maintains the pressure suppression function of primary containment, 2) maintains adequate NPSH requirements for pumps that take suction on the suppression pool. and 3) prevents exceeding suppression pooVchamber design limits.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
295033 High Secondary Containment Area Radiation Levels / 9 EA2.03 (10 CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA RADIATION LEVELS:
Cause of high area radiation I Proposed Question: # 85 Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating SRO 1
2 295033EA2.03 4.2 Unit 1 was operating at 100% Reactor Power when an inadvertent Reactor Scram occurred.
The below listed alarms were received following the Scram:
RX BLDG AREA RADIATION HIGH, (1-9-3A, Window 22)
RX BLDG, TURB BLDG, RF ZONE EXH RADIATION HIGH, (1-9-3A, Window 4) 1-EOI-3, "Secondary Containment Control," has been entered based on the following radiation levels in Unit 1 Reactor Building:
Elevation 565 East ARM meter indicating off-scale high Elevation 565 Northeast ARM meter indicating 600 mr/hr and stable Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
Based on the above conditions, the required action is to execute _(1)_ AND a possible isolation source for the primary system release is _(2)_?
_ (1)_
_(2) _
A. 1-EOI-1, "RPV Control,"
FCV 69-1,2, 12.
B. O-EOI-4, "Radioactivity Release Control,"
FCV 69-1,2, 12.
C. 1-EOI-1, "RPV Control,"
SDV vents and drains.
D. 0-EOI-4, "Radioactivity Release Control,"
SDV vents and drains.
I Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Part 1 = correct, EOI-1 is correct to enter, but with info given on Hi rads on both east I west, rules out RWCU (69-1, 2 12). They are ONLY applicable to the west side alarm. Step SC/R-2 is answered YES, 1050 mr/hr is > MAX SAFE. Part 2 = incorrect, The 565 elevation Northeast has no possible isolation sources listed in EOI-3 table 4.
B INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect, Given conditions indicate that there is ONLY one source> MAX SAFE, EOI-4 is entered based on off-site dose.
No indications are given as to indications of exceeding any. Part 2 =
incorrect, RWCU (69-1,212) are NOT a possible leakage source based on given alarm locations, only on west side (no reference to rad alarms given in stem).
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
295033 High Secondary Containment Area Radiation Levels / 9 EA2.03 (10 CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA RADIATION LEVELS:
Cause of high area radiation I Proposed Question: # 85 Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating SRO 1
2 295033EA2.03 4.2 Unit 1 was operating at 100% Reactor Power when an inadvertent Reactor Scram occurred.
The below listed alarms were received following the Scram:
RX BLDG AREA RADIATION HIGH, (1-9-3A, Window 22)
RX BLDG, TURB BLDG, RF ZONE EXH RADIATION HIGH, (1-9-3A, Window 4) 1-EOI-3, "Secondary Containment Control," has been entered based on the following radiation levels in Unit 1 Reactor Building:
Elevation 565 East ARM meter indicating off-scale high Elevation 565 Northeast ARM meter indicating 600 mr/hr and stable Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
Based on the above conditions, the required action is to execute _(1)_ AND a possible isolation source for the primary system release is _(2)_?
_ (1)_
_(2) _
A. 1-EOI-1, "RPV Control,"
FCV 69-1,2, 12.
B. O-EOI-4, "Radioactivity Release Control,"
FCV 69-1,2, 12.
C. 1-EOI-1, "RPV Control,"
SDV vents and drains.
D. 0-EOI-4, "Radioactivity Release Control,"
SDV vents and drains.
I Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Part 1 = correct, EOI-1 is correct to enter, but with info given on Hi rads on both east I west, rules out RWCU (69-1, 2 12). They are ONLY applicable to the west side alarm. Step SC/R-2 is answered YES, 1050 mr/hr is > MAX SAFE. Part 2 = incorrect, The 565 elevation Northeast has no possible isolation sources listed in EOI-3 table 4.
B INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect, Given conditions indicate that there is ONLY one source> MAX SAFE, EOI-4 is entered based on off-site dose.
No indications are given as to indications of exceeding any. Part 2 =
incorrect, RWCU (69-1,212) are NOT a possible leakage source based on given alarm locations, only on west side (no reference to rad alarms given in stem).
ES-401 Technical Reference(s):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 C
CORRECT: Part 1 = correct, EOI-1 is correct to enter. Step SC/R-2 is answered YES, 1050 mr/hr is > MAX SAFE. Part 2 = correct, SDV valves are correct source choice, with rad levels elevated on both the east I west sides.
o INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect, ONLY one MAX SAFE has been exceeded. EOI-4 is entered based on off-site dose. No indications are given as to indications of exceeding any. Part 2 = correct, SDV valves are the correct source choice.
1-EOI-1 flow chart Rev 0, 1-9-3A Rev 38 (Attach if not previously provided) 1-EOI-3 flow chart I table 4 Rev 0 (Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Ban Modified Bank #
Question History:
Last NRC Exam (As available) 0606 NRC SRO 295017AA2.04 0606 NRC SRO (Note changes or attach parent)
(Optiona/- Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
Distractors provide choices that either are correct for different values and symptoms in secondary containment or provide possible sources that do not result in the rad levels associated with the given symptoms.
ES-401 Technical Reference(s):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 C
CORRECT: Part 1 = correct, EOI-1 is correct to enter. Step SC/R-2 is answered YES, 1050 mr/hr is > MAX SAFE. Part 2 = correct, SDV valves are correct source choice, with rad levels elevated on both the east I west sides.
D INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect, ONLY one MAX SAFE has been exceeded. EOI-4 is entered based on off-site dose. No indications are given as to indications of exceeding any. Part 2 = correct, SDV valves are the correct source choice.
1-EOI-1 flow chart Rev 0, 1-9-3A Rev 38 (Attach if not previously provided) 1-EOI-3 flow chart I table 4 Rev 0 (Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Modified Bank #
Question History:
Last NRC Exam (As available) 0606 NRC SRO 295017 AA2.04 0606 NRC SRO (Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
Distractors provide choices that either are correct for different values and symptoms in secondary containment or provide possible sources that do not result in the rad levels associated with the given symptoms.
ES*401 BFN Unit 1 SENSOR LOCATION:
BFN Unit 1 l-RE-090-0004 l-RE-O>iO-0008 l-RE -090-0009 l-RE-090-0013 l-RE-090-0014 l-RE -090-0020 l-RE-090-0021 l-RE -090-0022 l-RE -0,!0-0023 l-RE-090-0024 l-RE-090-0025 l-RE-090-0026 l-RE-090-0027 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Panel 9*3 XA*66*3A 1*ARp*9*3A Rev, 0038 Page 34 of 53 MG Set Area Rx Bldg EI 639', R*5 S-Line Main Control Room. Rx Bldg EI 617', R-7 P-Une Clean-up System, Rx BId<J E1621' R-6 T-Llne North Clean-up Sys Rx Bldg E1593' R-6 P-Lme South Clean-up Sys, Rx Bldg. EI 593' R-o S-Lme CRD-HCU West Rx Bldg E1565' R-2 R-Une CRD-HCU East. Rx Bldg E, 565', R-o R-Ltne Tip Room, Rx Bldg EI 565', R-5 P-line Dp Drive, Rx Bldg EI 56C, R-5 P-Line HPCI Room, RX BlOg. EI519', R-l U-Une RHR West. Rx Bldg. EI 519', R-2 U-Line Core Spray-RCIC, Rx Bldg. EI519', R-3 U-Une Core Spray Rx Bldg EI 519', R-o U-Line Panel 9-3 XA.66*3A 1*ARP*9*3A Rev. 0038 Page 9 of 53 SeoSQrlirio Poiot RX BLDG,TURB BLDG, RF ZONE EXH RADIATION HIGH I-RA-90-250A (Pagel of 1)
I-RM-90-250 Gas Sensor Location:
EI 664' Refuel Floor R-4 P -Line A Dally source check, HIGH ALARM - 6594 CPM ALERT - 3297 CPM Probabt.
CaU$.:
B High radlaton In the Reactor Bwlding, Turbine BUlldlllg, Refuel Zone exhaust ventilation ducts C Dry Cask storage actJvrties 111 progress Automatic None Action:
Operator Action:
A CHECK l-RM-90-250 on Panell-[1*210-MON-90-361 i and MONITOR activity levels on recorder AIR PARTICULATE MONITOR CONTROLLER l-MON-90-50 on Panel 1-9-2 B IF high activity IS conformed. THEN NOTIFY RAD PRO C REQUEST Chemistry perform analYSIS to deterrnll1e source o IF Dry Cask storage acOvltles are 10 progress THEN NOTIFY CASK SUpervlSOI E IF the TSC is NOT manned, THEN EVACUATE personnel from affected areas o
o o
o o
Form ES*401*5 ES*401 BFN Unit 1 SENSOR LOCATION:
BFN Unit 1 l-RE-090-0004 l-RE-O>iO-0008 l-RE -090-0009 l-RE-090-0013 l-RE-090-0014 l-RE -090-0020 l-RE-090-0021 l-RE -090-0022 l-RE -0,!0-0023 l-RE-090-0024 l-RE-090-0025 l-RE-090-0026 l-RE-090-0027 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Panel 9*3 XA*66*3A 1*ARp*9*3A Rev, 0038 Page 34 of 53 MG Set Area Rx Bldg EI 639', R*5 S-Line Main Control Room. Rx Bldg EI 617', R-7 P-Une Clean-up System, Rx BId<J E1621' R-6 T-Llne North Clean-up Sys Rx Bldg E1593' R-6 P-Lme South Clean-up Sys, Rx Bldg. EI 593' R-o S-Lme CRD-HCU West Rx Bldg E1565' R-2 R-Une CRD-HCU East. Rx Bldg E, 565', R-o R-Ltne Tip Room, Rx Bldg EI 565', R-5 P-line Dp Drive, Rx Bldg EI 56C, R-5 P-Line HPCI Room, RX BlOg. EI519', R-l U-Une RHR West. Rx Bldg. EI 519', R-2 U-Line Core Spray-RCIC, Rx Bldg. EI519', R-3 U-Une Core Spray Rx Bldg EI 519', R-o U-Line Panel 9-3 XA.66*3A 1*ARP*9*3A Rev. 0038 Page 9 of 53 SeoSQrlirio Poiot RX BLDG,TURB BLDG, RF ZONE EXH RADIATION HIGH I-RA-90-250A (Pagel of 1)
I-RM-90-250 Gas Sensor Location:
EI 664' Refuel Floor R-4 P -Line A Dally source check, HIGH ALARM - 6594 CPM ALERT - 3297 CPM Probabt.
CaU$.:
B High radlaton In the Reactor Bwlding, Turbine BUlldlllg, Refuel Zone exhaust ventilation ducts C Dry Cask storage actJvrties 111 progress Automatic None Action:
Operator Action:
A CHECK l-RM-90-250 on Panell-[1*210-MON-90-361 i and MONITOR activity levels on recorder AIR PARTICULATE MONITOR CONTROLLER l-MON-90-50 on Panel 1-9-2 B IF high activity IS conformed. THEN NOTIFY RAD PRO C REQUEST Chemistry perform analYSIS to deterrnll1e source o IF Dry Cask storage acOvltles are 10 progress THEN NOTIFY CASK SUpervlSOI E IF the TSC is NOT manned, THEN EVACUATE personnel from affected areas o
o o
o o
Form ES*401*5
ES-401 AREA Ri-R SYS I PUMPS RHR SYS II PUMPS HPCl ROOM CS SVS I PUMPS RQCROOM CS SYS It PUMPS TOP OF TORUS GENERAL AREA RS EL565W RB EL 565 E RS EL565 NE TIP ROOM RB El593 RS EL621 RECIRC MG SETS REFUEL FLOOR Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet TABLE 4 Form ES-401-5 SECONDARY CNTMT AREA RADIATION APPLICABLE MAX MAX POTENTiAl RADIATION NORMA.L SAFE ISOLATION INDICATORS VAlUE MRlHR VALUEMR/HR SOURCES90-25A AlARMED 1000 FCV-74-4 7.48 90-2&1>.
AlARMED 1000 FCV-74-47. 048 90-24A AlARMED 1000 Fcv-n-2. 3...... 81 90-2'6A AtARt.ED 1000 Fcv-n-2. 3. Y.I oo-27A ALARMED 1000 NONE FCV-73-2. 3. 81 9'::I-19A ALARMED
,000 FCV-704-47.48 FCV-71-2.3 OO-20A ALARMED 1000 FCV-Q9..1. 2.12 SOVVENTS 3. DRAINS 90-21 A ALARMED 1000 SDVVENTS 3. DRAINS 00-23" ALARMED 1000 NONE
!)J..22A ALARMED 100.{XX)
TlPSALl VALVE 9'::1-13;\\,104" ALARMED HXX)
FCV-74-47.48 90-M ALARMED
,000 FCV-43-13. 14 9*;)..4A ALARMED 100;)
NONE OO-lA.2A. 3A ALARMED 1()'.);)
NONE ES-401 AREA Ri-R SYS I PUMPS RHR SYS II PUMPS HPCl ROOM CS SVS I PUMPS RQCROOM CS SYS It PUMPS TOP OF TORUS GENERAL AREA RS EL565W RB EL 565 E RS EL565 NE TIP ROOM RB El593 RS EL621 RECIRC MG SETS REFUEL FLOOR Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet TABLE 4 Form ES-401-5 SECONDARY CNTMT AREA RADIATION APPLICABLE MAX MAX POTENTiAl RADIATION NORMA.L SAFE ISOLATION INDICATORS VAlUE MRlHR VALUEMR/HR SOURCES90-25A AlARMED 1000 FCV-74-4 7.48 90-2&1>.
AlARMED 1000 FCV-74-47. 048 90-24A AlARMED 1000 Fcv-n-2. 3...... 81 90-2'6A AtARt.ED 1000 Fcv-n-2. 3. Y.I oo-27A ALARMED 1000 NONE FCV-73-2. 3. 81 9'::I-19A ALARMED
,000 FCV-704-47.48 FCV-71-2.3 OO-20A ALARMED 1000 FCV-Q9..1. 2.12 SOVVENTS 3. DRAINS 90-21 A ALARMED 1000 SDVVENTS 3. DRAINS 00-23" ALARMED 1000 NONE
!)J..22A ALARMED 100.{XX)
TlPSALl VALVE 9'::1-13;\\,104" ALARMED HXX)
FCV-74-47.48 90-M ALARMED
,000 FCV-43-13. 14 9*;)..4A ALARMED 100;)
NONE OO-lA.2A. 3A ALARMED 1()'.);)
NONE
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet
~
Y!.fA ~
>0) L
~ '~~~
~>---4~~--------~~~----------.~~---------"~----.-'
(T_l.,,./"
~C1<.2
!l> L tlOl.A'£6I.Ir...~EJ.t.l: '!"",,,!," Ni'£O I ~N'tllN::'o.
,NrC, "'f >i'IU. ~
~EM/! A6:lUAm 1'.).
e.;~'l:oet<ro..
Qf!.
- !IlJ~'!S... f 'AE L
I
~.*,.,.'C~fU.*.
A'f~f<<::_ '
L sc.....
i\\I:Wl N,OA.(!fj.....,12 011 ___ ~
AEOo/[ M....
Ll * *
- twI.
C...., 1IfU.
L
....................... \\
, \\.
[ '. ~~~iioow<
L 8IC.'A-'(1
~
\\
L Form ES-401-5 ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet
.... /.
...... /
e
~N:)L
~
'~~~
~>--~~~--------~~~--------~~~--------4.~-----/
(T..... l.. '
..-/'
$c;:&.2
','eJ> L tlOI..A'£ 61.1r...:$V81"Qti: !J.t.i."!' NiE O I ~AA:llN::'o.
,NrO,.,f >REA ~
~EM.!! RfOJOI£O 1'.).
- eo:~yoet<ro..
Qa k-____
- __ ~_~
~_A_f,_~
__._----------------~ L L
.............. \\
..... \\
L
\\
L Form ES*401*5
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Question Worksheet Original Question: NRC 0606 SRO Unit 1 was operating at full power when the following indications were received:
- Reactor Building Area High Rad alarm
- RWCU Area High Temperature element 69-835A is in alarm
- Reactor Building Ventilation Abnormal alarm Radcon reports that radiation levels in Unit 1 Reactor building elevation 565 east are 950 mr/hr and rising. Radiation levels at elevation 565 west are 800 mr/hr and stable.
REFERENCE PROVIDED Which ONE of the following describes the required actions for the given conditions and a possible isolation source for the radiation release?
A. Enter EOI-1, FCV 74-47,48 B. Enter EOI Contingency C2, FCV 69-1, 2, 12 C. Enter EOI-1, SDV vents and drains D. Enter EOI Contingency C2, SDV vents and drains ES-401 Sample Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Question Worksheet Original Question: NRC 0606 SRO Unit 1 was operating at full power when the following indications were received:
- Reactor Building Area High Rad alarm
- RWCU Area High Temperature element 69-835A is in alarm
- Reactor Building Ventilation Abnormal alarm Radcon reports that radiation levels in Unit 1 Reactor building elevation 565 east are 950 mr/hr and rising. Radiation levels at elevation 565 west are 800 mr/hr and stable.
REFERENCE PROVIDED Which ONE of the following describes the required actions for the given conditions and a possible isolation source for the radiation release?
A. Enter EOI-1, FCV 74-47,48 B. Enter EOI Contingency C2, FCV 69-1, 2, 12 C. Enter EOI-1, SDV vents and drains D. Enter EOI Contingency C2, SDV vents and drains
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
206000 HPCI A2.16 (10CFR 55.43.5
- SRO Only)
Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the HIGH PRESSURE COOLANT INJECTION (HPCI) SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:
High drywell pressure: BWR-2,3,4 I Proposed Question: # 86 I Unit 1 is at 100% Reactor Power.
Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Form ES-401-5 SRO 2
1 206000A2.16 4.1 At 0647 on 5/14/09 ECCS HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE INSTRUMENT CHANNEL 'A',
1-PIS-64-58A (Associated Relay 14A-K5B), was removed from service for a calibration surveillance At 0720 on 5/14/09 ECCS HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE INSTRUMENT CHANNEL 'B',
1-PIS-64-58B (Associated Relay 14A-K5A), failed downscale Based on these conditions, which ONE of the following completes the statement for required actions associated with the failed pressure channel AND HPCI in accordance with TS 3.3.5.1, "ECCS Instrumentation"?
ECCS HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE INSTRUMENT CHANNEL 'B', 1-PIS-64-58B, must be placed in trip no later than ___ _
[REFERENCE PROVIDED]
A. 0647 on 5/15/09 ONLY.
B. 0720 on 5/15/09 ONLY.
C. 0647 on 5/15/09 AND declare HPCI inoperable no later than 0820 on 5/14/09.
D. 0720 on 5/15/09 AND declare HPCI inoperable no later than 0820 on 5/14/09.
I Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Incorrect as explained in D. Plausible in that this would be the correct completion time if separate condition entry was not allowed and the candidate failed to recognize that HPCI has lost initiation capability on High Drywell Pressure.
B INCORRECT: Plausibility based on this would be the correct answer if HPCI had not lost initiation capability on High Drywell Pressure.
C INCORRECT:
Plausible in that this would be the correct completion time if separate condition entry was not allowed for each channel.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
206000 HPCI A2.16 (10CFR 55.43.5
- SRO Only)
Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the HIGH PRESSURE COOLANT INJECTION (HPCI) SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:
High drywell pressure: BWR-2,3,4 I Proposed Question: # 86 I Unit 1 is at 100% Reactor Power.
Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Form ES-401-5 SRO 2
1 206000A2.16 4.1 At 0647 on 5/14/09 ECCS HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE INSTRUMENT CHANNEL 'A',
1-PIS-64-58A (Associated Relay 14A-K5B), was removed from service for a calibration surveillance At 0720 on 5/14/09 ECCS HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE INSTRUMENT CHANNEL 'B',
1-PIS-64-58B (Associated Relay 14A-K5A), failed downscale Based on these conditions, which ONE of the following completes the statement for required actions associated with the failed pressure channel AND HPCI in accordance with TS 3.3.5.1, "ECCS Instrumentation"?
ECCS HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE INSTRUMENT CHANNEL 'B', 1-PIS-64-58B, must be placed in trip no later than ___ _
[REFERENCE PROVIDED]
A. 0647 on 5/15/09 ONLY.
B. 0720 on 5/15/09 ONLY.
C. 0647 on 5/15/09 AND declare HPCI inoperable no later than 0820 on 5/14/09.
D. 0720 on 5/15/09 AND declare HPCI inoperable no later than 0820 on 5/14/09.
I Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Incorrect as explained in D. Plausible in that this would be the correct completion time if separate condition entry was not allowed and the candidate failed to recognize that HPCI has lost initiation capability on High Drywell Pressure.
B INCORRECT: Plausibility based on this would be the correct answer if HPCI had not lost initiation capability on High Drywell Pressure.
C INCORRECT:
Plausible in that this would be the correct completion time if separate condition entry was not allowed for each channel.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 D
CORRECT: With less than the required number of Orywell Pressure High Channels Operable, TS 3.3.5.1 Conditions A and B must be entered. The failed Orywell Pressure channel must be placed in trip 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> from the time that it failed per Condition B.3 since separate condition entry allowed for each channel. With A and B channels inoperable, HPCI has lost initiation capability on Orywell Pressure High requiring that HPCI be declared inoperable within one hour per Condition B.2 Technical Reference(s):
U1 TS 3.3.5.1 (Attach if not previously provided)
OPL 171.042, Rev. 19 (Including version / revision number) 1-730E928 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
TS 3.3.5.1 I HPCI Initiation Logic Diagram Learning Objective:
VB.2 / VB.3 I VB.1 0 (As available)
Question Source:
Bank #
Modified Bank #
(Note changes or attach parent)
New X
Question History:
last NRC Exam (Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10/95 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 D
CORRECT: With less than the required number of Orywell Pressure High Channels Operable, TS 3.3.5.1 Conditions A and B must be entered. The failed Orywell Pressure channel must be placed in trip 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> from the time that it failed per Condition B.3 since separate condition entry allowed for each channel. With A and B channels inoperable, HPCI has lost initiation capability on Orywell Pressure High requiring that HPCI be declared inoperable within one hour per Condition B.2 Technical Reference(s):
U1 TS 3.3.5.1 (Attach if not previously provided)
OPL 171.042, Rev. 19 (Including version / revision number) 1-730E928 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
TS 3.3.5.1 I HPCI Initiation Logic Diagram Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
VB.2 / VB.3 / VB.1 0 (As available)
Bank #
Modified Bank # I New X
Last NRC Exam
- t.
(Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10/95 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Comments:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
55.41 55.43 X
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.5. 'I Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) Instrumentation Form ES-401-5 ECC S Instrumentation 3.3.51 LCO 3.3.5.1 The ECCS instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.5.1-1 shall be OPERABLE.
APPLICABILITY:
According to Table 3.3.5.1-1.
ACTIONS
NOTE---------------------------------------------------
Separate Condition entry is allowed for each channel.
CONDITION A One or more channels inoperable.
REQUIRED ACTION A 1 Enter the Condition referenced in Table 3.3.5.'1-1 for the channel.
COMPLETION TIME Immediately (continued)
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.5. 'I Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) Instrumentation Form ES-401-5 ECC S Instrumentation 3.3.51 LCO 3.3.5.1 The ECCS instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.5.1-1 shall be OPERABLE.
APPLICABILITY:
According to Table 3.3.5.1-1.
ACTIONS
NOTE---------------------------------------------------
Separate Condition entry is allowed for each channel.
CONDITION A One or more channels inoperable.
REQUIRED ACTION A 1 Enter the Condition referenced in Table 3.3.5.'1-1 for the channel.
COMPLETION TIME Immediately (continued)
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION B. As required by Required B.1
N 0 TE S -----------
Action A.1 and referenced in Table 33.51-1.
AND
- 1. Only applicable in MODES '1, 2, and 3.
- 2. Only applicable for Functions 'l.a, 1.b, 2.a, and 2.b.
Declare supported ECCS feature(s) inoperable when its redundant feature ECCS initiation capability is inoperable.
B.2
N OTE------------
Only applicable for Functions 3.a and 3b.
Declare High Pressure Coolant Injection (HPCI)
System inoperable.
B.3 Place channel in trip.
Form ES-401-5 ECCS Instrumentation 3.3.5.1 COMPLETION TIME 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> from discovery of loss of initiation capability for features in both divisions
'1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> from discovery of loss of HPCI initiation capability 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> (continued)
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION B. As required by Required B.1
N 0 TE S -----------
Action A.1 and referenced in Table 33.51-1.
AND
- 1. Only applicable in MODES '1, 2, and 3.
- 2. Only applicable for Functions 'l.a, 1.b, 2.a, and 2.b.
Declare supported ECCS feature(s) inoperable when its redundant feature ECCS initiation capability is inoperable.
B.2
N OTE------------
Only applicable for Functions 3.a and 3b.
Declare High Pressure Coolant Injection (HPCI)
System inoperable.
B.3 Place channel in trip.
Form ES-401-5 ECCS Instrumentation 3.3.5.1 COMPLETION TIME 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> from discovery of loss of initiation capability for features in both divisions
'1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> from discovery of loss of HPCI initiation capability 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> (continued)
- 3.
- 4.
(dl Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet FUNCTION High Pressure Coolant Injection (HPCI) System
- a.
Reactor '."essel Water: Level.
Low Law. Levei 2{e)
- b.
DryweR Pressure. H¥ghie)
- c. Reactor Vessel Water levef.
High. Le-..el8
- d. Ccndensate Header levef -
Low
- e. SUppression Pool Warer Level - High
- f.
High Pressure Coolant Injection Pump Discharge F'<1N - Low (Bypass}
Automabc Depressurizatio System {ADS) Tnp System A
- a.
low Law Low, Level t(e)
Table 3.3.5. 1-1 (page 4 of 6)
Emergency Core Cooling System Ins!rumeotatioo APPlICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS 1,
2(d).3(d) 1, 2(d)3(d) 1, 2(dJ, 3(d}
1, z(d),3(d) 1,
- (d).3(<I) z(d),3(d)
- 1.
2(d).3(d)
REQUIRED CHANNELS PER FUNCTION 4
4 2
2 CONDITIONS REFERENCED FROM REQUIRED ACTIONA.l 5
B C
D D
E F
With reactor steam dome pressure :> 1:1J PSl9.
Form ES-401-5 ECCS Instrumentation 3.3.5.1 SURVEILlANCE REQUIREMEt.'TS SR 3.3.5.1.1 SR 3.3.5.1.::
SR 3.35.1.5 SR 3.3.5.1.6 SR 3.3.5.1.2 SR 3.3.5.1.5 SR 3.35.1.6 SR 3.3.5.1.1 SR 3.3.5.1.2 SR 3.3.5.1.5 SR 3.3.5.1.6 SR 3.3.5.1.2 SR 3.35.1.3 SR 3.3.5.16 SR 3.35.1.2 SR 3.3.5.1.3 SR 3.35.1.6 SR 3.3.5.1.2 SR 3.3.5.1.5 SR 3.3.5.1.6 SR 3.35.1.1 SR 3.3.5.1.2 SR 3.3.5.15 SR 3.3.5.1.6 ALLOWABLE VALUE
- 470 IIlches above vessel zero
- i 2.5 psig
- 583 inches above vessel zero
- Elev. 551 feet
- 7 inches above instrument zero
- 67l gpm
- 398 inches above '.'eSSe1 zero
\\continued\\
- 3.
- 4.
(dl Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet FUNCTION High Pressure Coolant Injection (HPCI) System
- a.
Reactor '."essel Water: Level.
Low Law. Levei 2{e)
- b.
DryweR Pressure. H¥ghie)
- c. Reactor Vessel Water levef.
High. Le-..el8
- d. Ccndensate Header levef -
Low
- e. SUppression Pool Warer Level - High
- f.
High Pressure Coolant Injection Pump Discharge F'<1N - Low (Bypass}
Automabc Depressurizatio System {ADS) Tnp System A
- a.
low Law Low, Level t(e)
Table 3.3.5. 1-1 (page 4 of 6)
Emergency Core Cooling System Ins!rumeotatioo APPlICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS 1,
2(d).3(d) 1, 2(d)3(d) 1, 2(dJ, 3(d}
1, z(d),3(d) 1,
- (d).3(<I) z(d),3(d)
- 1.
2(d).3(d)
REQUIRED CHANNELS PER FUNCTION 4
4 2
2 CONDITIONS REFERENCED FROM REQUIRED ACTIONA.l 5
B C
D D
E F
With reactor steam dome pressure :> 1:1J PSl9.
Form ES-401-5 ECCS Instrumentation 3.3.5.1 SURVEILlANCE REQUIREMEt.'TS SR 3.3.5.1.1 SR 3.3.5.1.::
SR 3.35.1.5 SR 3.3.5.1.6 SR 3.3.5.1.2 SR 3.3.5.1.5 SR 3.35.1.6 SR 3.3.5.1.1 SR 3.3.5.1.2 SR 3.3.5.1.5 SR 3.3.5.1.6 SR 3.3.5.1.2 SR 3.35.1.3 SR 3.3.5.16 SR 3.35.1.2 SR 3.3.5.1.3 SR 3.35.1.6 SR 3.3.5.1.2 SR 3.3.5.1.5 SR 3.3.5.1.6 SR 3.35.1.1 SR 3.3.5.1.2 SR 3.3.5.15 SR 3.3.5.1.6 ALLOWABLE VALUE
- 470 IIlches above vessel zero
- i 2.5 psig
- 583 inches above vessel zero
- Elev. 551 feet
- 7 inches above instrument zero
- 67l gpm
- 398 inches above '.'eSSe1 zero
\\continued\\
ES*401 9-39 AA-53 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet r---------,
I I
I CLOSES ON I
I DRYWELL I
I HIGH PRESSURE I I
I
)---------r
/ /\\
I
(/ ~
9-39 AA-14 9-39 AA-54
[ ";B~4~ ! () ;B~4~
115 >(PS H10-101A 2}1,\\5()(PS H10-101B 2),
'r;;:- 14A-K5A I II~ 14A-K58 IS()(REF 4) 16()(REF 4) r O---~-r----------~~II I
I L
9-39 E
AA-16 oJ 1 F
- rOR
.1.
~)BB-39 B8-39 r-I I,I
'1 I
ISC)(PS H10-101C
~I'" 14A-KSA 5()(REF 4)
I II I
- 2) 16()(PS H'0-10'D 2}
L...... 14A-KS8 r
c) 88-41 9-39 o AA-15 13 C) 23A-K3 14q 5
(REF 4) 9-32 0 88-41 9-39
) AA-55 13 ()
23A-K4 He)
HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE 9-33 I
I l
CC-5<)-
c so
.I.
Form ES*401*5 ES*401 9-39 AA-53 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet r---------,
I I
I CLOSES ON I
I DRYWELL I
I HIGH PRESSURE I I
I
)---------r
/ /\\
I
(/ ~
9-39 AA-14 9-39 AA-54 j,) ;B~4~ ! () ;B~4~
II S2(PS H10-101A 2}1,\\SO(PS H10-101B 2),
'r;;: 14A-K5A I I r-;-14A-K58 IS()(REF 4) 6¢(REF 4)
I I
o---~~----------~~II 1
B8-.39
\\...
I ---<?
1 ~) BB-39 1-I I
~-9~_3r9--~I~1 ~~
II:
I E
AA-16 I I I I
16<<(PS H10-101C 2) 160(PS H'0-10'D 2}
~. 14A-K6A
~14A-K6B 5()(REF 4) 50(REF 4) oJ 1 F
C) B8-41 9-32 oBB-41 9-33
/
r I
I L
r--
r I
I l
9-39
() AA-15 9-39
() AA-55 CC-s()-
13 ()
14 ()
- rOR
./.
23A-KJ 1 J C) 14 C)
HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE c
23A-K4 50 so
.I.
Form ES*401*5
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
212000 RPS A2.20 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:
Full system activation (full-SCRAM)
I Proposed Question: # 87 I
Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating SRO 2
1 212000A2.20 4.2 Following a Reactor Scram on Unit 1 from 100% Reactor Power, the following conditions are observed:
Reactor Power is 22%
Reactor Level is (-) 100 inches and stable CONTROL AIR DRYER DISCH PRESSURE LOW, (1-9-20B, Window 32), is in alarm Control Air Header Pressure is 0 psig Control Rod Position indication is available but Control Rods can NOT be driven.
Suppression Pool Temperature is 155 0 F and rising Suppression Pool Level 15 feet Reactor Pressure 950 psig Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
The Unit Supervisor must direct execution of 1-EOI _(1)_ to insert Control Rods. The current conditions require a _(2)_ be declared in accordance with EPIP-1, "Emergency Classification Procedure."
[REFERENCE PROVIDED]
A. (1) Appendix 1F, "Manual Scram."
(2) General Emergency B. (1) Appendix 1F, "Manual Scram."
(2) Site Area Emergency C. (1) Appendix 1E, "Manual Insertion of Control Rods By Venting The Over Piston Area."
(2) General Emergency D. (1) Appendix 1E, "Manual Insertion of Control Rods By Venting The Over Piston Area."
(2) Site Area Emergency I Proposed Answer: D ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
212000 RPS A2.20 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:
Full system activation (full-SCRAM)
I Proposed Question: # 87 I
Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating SRO 2
1 212000A2.20 4.2 Following a Reactor Scram on Unit 1 from 100% Reactor Power, the following conditions are observed:
Reactor Power is 22%
Reactor Level is (-) 100 inches and stable CONTROL AIR DRYER DISCH PRESSURE LOW, (1-9-20B, Window 32), is in alarm Control Air Header Pressure is 0 psig Control Rod Position indication is available but Control Rods can NOT be driven.
Suppression Pool Temperature is 155 0 F and rising Suppression Pool Level 15 feet Reactor Pressure 950 psig Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
The Unit Supervisor must direct execution of 1-EOI _(1)_ to insert Control Rods. The current conditions require a _(2)_ be declared in accordance with EPIP-1, "Emergency Classification Procedure."
[REFERENCE PROVIDED]
A. (1) Appendix 1F, "Manual Scram."
(2) General Emergency B. (1) Appendix 1F, "Manual Scram."
(2) Site Area Emergency C. (1) Appendix 1E, "Manual Insertion of Control Rods By Venting The Over Piston Area."
(2) General Emergency D. (1) Appendix 1E, "Manual Insertion of Control Rods By Venting The Over Piston Area."
(2) Site Area Emergency I Proposed Answer: D
ES-401 Explanation (Optional):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 A
INCORRECT: Part 1 incorrect - Plausible in that this is normal method of for inserting Control with a Hydraulic Lock A TWS which is present based on conditions. However, with the loss of control air, the scram can not be reset and SDV can not be drained. Part 2 incorrect - Per EPIP-1 1.S-2, Scram Failure, Failure of automatic scram, manual scram, and ARI to bring the reactor subcritical requires SAE be declared. GE would be required if HCTL was in the unsafe or if level could not be maintained> (-) 180 inches.
B INCORRECT: Part 1 incorrect as explained above. Part 2 is correct.
C INCORRECT: Part 1 is correct. Part 2 is incorrect as explained above.
o CORRECT: Part 1 is correct. Venting the over piston area with the Hydraulic Lock conditions present will result in control rod insertion. Part 2 correct - Per EPIP-1 1.S-2, Scram Failure, Failure of automatic scram, manual scram, and ARI to bring the reactor subcritical requires SAE be declared.
Technical Reference(s):
OPL 171.202 Rev 8 1-EOI Appendix 1 E Rev 0 EPIP-1 Rev 44 (Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
EPIP-1 Classification Matrix Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
..!..V..:.:.B::..:.
...:..1~3 _____ (As available)
Bank #
Modified Bank #
New X
(Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES-401 Explanation (Optional):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 A
INCORRECT: Part 1 incorrect - Plausible in that this is normal method of for inserting Control with a Hydraulic lock A TWS which is present based on conditions. However, with the loss of control air, the scram can not be reset and SDV can not be drained. Part 2 incorrect - Per EPIP-1 1.S-2, Scram Failure, Failure of automatic scram, manual scram, and ARI to bring the reactor subcritical requires SAE be declared. GE would be required if HCTl was in the unsafe or if level could not be maintained> (-) 180 inches.
B INCORRECT: Part 1 incorrect as explained above. Part 2 is correct.
C INCORRECT: Part 1 is correct. Part 2 is incorrect as explained above.
o CORRECT: Part 1 is correct. Venting the over piston area with the Hydraulic lock conditions present will result in control rod insertion. Part 2 correct - Per EPIP-1 1.S-2, Scram Failure, Failure of automatic scram, manual scram, and ARI to bring the reactor subcritical requires SAE be declared.
Technical Reference(s):
OPL 171.202 Rev 8 1-EOI Appendix 1 E Rev 0 EPIP-1 Rev 44 (Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
EPIP-1 Classification Matrix learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
..:..V..:..:.B::...::. *...:..13~ _____ (As available)
Bank #
Modified Bank #
New X
last NRC exam (Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
- a.
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Vent control rod drive overpiston volumes This method maximizes differential pressure across the control rod drive piston. This method is performed locally at the HCUs, is time consuming, and should be performed when the HCU area is accessible.
Form ES-401-5 OPL17I.202 Revision 8 Safety Awareness EOI Appendix IE provides step-by-step guidance to vent CRD overpiston volumes.
- a.
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Vent control rod drive overpiston volumes This method maximizes differential pressure across the control rod drive piston. This method is performed locally at the HCUs, is time consuming, and should be performed when the HCU area is accessible.
Form ES-401-5 OPL17I.202 Revision 8 Safety Awareness EOI Appendix IE provides step-by-step guidance to vent CRD overpiston volumes.
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 BROWNS FERRY EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION PROCEDURE EVENT CLASSIFICATION MATRIX EPIP-1 AND Man.Ja se-a r' R l la:.JtO'-na~c O'r man I was Sl..
ss u.
OPERATI G CC OITlOk:
Molle 1 o* 2 OPERATING CO OITIO ':
AND E1ne-r of Ihe f>ol ow 9 conditions eJl,s3:
E.Jppressior :>001 &'TIp e ceeas HC-L Refer 10' C "'E' 1 loG.
Re.ac~or wat~r lev can 10 be re-s oreo and ill t.l 'led at or 30 ve -'90 incnes.
OPERA NG CO DrT10 ':
or:!
OPERATING CONor c AL Reac10r coolan act.ty exce£'os 300 IICilg OSf!
equiva ern lodlOe-3 as de1ermi"ed ~y chemrs1ry sampe OPERATING CONDI C Mode 1 or or 3 c z c:
CO c >
r m
m Z....
r m
- a CO
~
m
~
- u G> m z o Q
m z
~
r m
~
m
- 0 Q m z
o PAGE 21 OF 2{)&
REVISION 44 ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet BROWNS FERRY EMERGENCY CLASSIFICA nON PROCEDURE EVENT CLASSIFICATION MATRIX AND Manu.} SC"8 r' R1la;Jto"l'lalie or manWlI was s,,~uu OPERAn 'GCe 'OJTION:
I AND Etrte-r of thE! ~ I 0.... ng conditions eJllsts:
~-..I P ESSIOf! "001 e-np e oeeds HC-L Ref~r C rve I 2-G.
Re~ r water Ie...
can I:) be f'e'Slorea ana 'TI ta 'led at or a llOV!! - 80 inMES.
OPERA G CO D/TID Mode 1 or 2 OPERATING CONOI C AL equiya en sampe OPERATING CO OJ C Mode 1 or ~ or 3 PAGE 21 OF 2{)&
Form ES-401-5 EPIP-1 c:
z c CD C >
r m m
z -.
r m
- a
~
(i) m z m
~
r m
~
m
- 0 G> m z o REVISION 44
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet BROWNS FERRY NOTES CURVESlTABLES:
EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION PROCEDURE EVENT CLASSIFICATION MATRIX UNIT 1 CURVE 1.5*S UNrT2 CURVE u.s HEATCAPACrTV TEMP L.IMIT 1~
16 I><Ji'PR PI. LVI. iFn AInIOtI......
!~ t.~..f..,,: (.~'t: IO~
t.tJ~*'.r.; "..,~ ~'!N PAGE 22 OF 206 Form ES*401*5 EPIP-1 REVISION 44 ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet BROWNS FERRY NOTES CURVESlTABLES:
EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION PROCEDURE EVENT CLASSIFICA nON MATRIX UNIT 1 CURVE U *S s,-JPPft h
~'I'- In,
-~-.,-
UNIT 2 CURVE U.s HEA T CAPACITY TEMP L.IMIT S1Ji'PR PI. LVI. iFn AInIOtI...... It t.~H': (.J~'t:: 101'.>*' t:.tJ';:I"X'; "', '~ ~'~N UNIT 3 CURVE u.s HEA T CAPACITY TEMP LIMIT PAGE 22 OF 206 Form ES*401*5 EPIP-1 REVISION 44
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
217000 RCIC G2.4.41 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications.
I Proposed Question: # 88 The following initial conditions exist on Unit 2:
100% Reactor Power HPCI is out of service Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Subsequently a loss of Off Site Power occurs, causing a Reactor Scram.
The following conditions exist following the Scram:
The Reactor is shutdown with ALL Control Rods inserted Reactor Water Level is (-) 120 inches and slowly lowering Reactor Pressure is 725 psig and slowly lowering Drywell Pressure is 2.6 psig and slowly rising Form ES*401-5 SRO 2
1 217000G2.4.41 4.6 DRYWELL DIV 1/2 RAD MONITOR DOWNSCALE/INOP, (2-9-7C, Window 12/13), in alarm RCIC is the ONLY system injecting A break occurs in the RCIC Steam Supply line, as. evidenced by 2-TE-71-41B reading 180 of AND 2-RM 90-26A reading up-scale high RCIC fails to AUTOMATICALLY AND MANUALLY isolate Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the HIGHEST Emergency Action Level which must be declared?
[REFERENCE PROVIDED]
A. A General Emergency.
B. A Site Area Emergency.
C. An Alert.
D. An Unusual Event.
I Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: No evidence of fuel failure exists, based on given OW rad Downscale alarm. The candidate may confuse this with hi rad conditions if read incorrectly, creating plausibility to enter a General Emergency.
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
217000 RCIC G2.4.41 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications.
I Proposed Question: # 88 The following initial conditions exist on Unit 2:
100% Reactor Power HPCI is out of service Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Subsequently a loss of Off Site Power occurs, causing a Reactor Scram.
The following conditions exist following the Scram:
The Reactor is shutdown with ALL Control Rods inserted Reactor Water Level is (-) 120 inches and slowly lowering Reactor Pressure is 725 psig and slowly lowering Drywell Pressure is 2.6 psig and slowly rising Form ES*401-5 SRO 2
1 217000G2.4.41 4.6 DRYWELL DIV 1/2 RAD MONITOR DOWNSCALE/INOP, (2-9-7C, Window 12/13), in alarm RCIC is the ONLY system injecting A break occurs in the RCIC Steam Supply line, as. evidenced by 2-TE-71-41B reading 180 of AND 2-RM 90-26A reading up-scale high RCIC fails to AUTOMATICALLY AND MANUALLY isolate Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following describes the HIGHEST Emergency Action Level which must be declared?
[REFERENCE PROVIDED]
A. A General Emergency.
B. A Site Area Emergency.
C. An Alert.
D. An Unusual Event.
I Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: No evidence of fuel failure exists, based on given OW rad Downscale alarm. The candidate may confuse this with hi rad conditions if read incorrectly, creating plausibility to enter a General Emergency.
ES*401 Technical Reference(s):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 B
CORRECT: SAE per 3.1-S for un isolated I discharging into secondary ctmt
+ > max safe (rad level) or if the candidate decides that -162" cannot be maintained, enter SAE on 1.1-S.1. The temperature is < max safe for U2.
The rad level is > max safe. 2-RM-90-26A scale reads 0.1 - 1000 mr/hr.
The candidate will have to recall from memory the Max safe value of 1000 mr/hr.
C INCORRECT: Plausible in that the candidate may act on the 2.45# OW pressure value (2.1-A) and think the leak is in the OW o
INCORRECT: Plausible in that the candidate may act upon the lowering level (1.1-U.1), which is only applicable in mode 5.
EPIP-1 Rev 44 (Attach if not previously provided) 2-EOI-3 Rev 11 (Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
EPIP*1 Event Classification Matrix + table 3.1 Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
________ (As available)
Bank #
Modified Bank #
New Last NRC Exam OPL171.075 36 (Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional - Questions validated at the facility since 10/95 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES*401 Technical Reference(s):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 B
CORRECT: SAE per 3.1-S for un isolated I discharging into secondary ctmt
+ > max safe (rad level) or if the candidate decides that -162" cannot be maintained, enter SAE on 1.1-S.1. The temperature is < max safe for U2.
The rad level is > max safe. 2-RM-90-26A scale reads 0.1 - 1000 mr/hr.
The candidate will have to recall from memory the Max safe value of 1000 mr/hr.
C INCORRECT: Plausible in that the candidate may act on the 2.45# OW pressure value (2.1-A) and think the leak is in the OW o
INCORRECT: Plausible in that the candidate may act upon the lowering level (1.1-U.1), which is only applicable in mode 5.
EPIP-1 Rev 44 (Attach if not previously provided) 2-EOI-3 Rev 11 (Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
EPIP*1 Event Classification Matrix + table 3.1 Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
________ (As available)
Bank #
Modified Bank #
New Last NRC Exam OPL171.075 36 (Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10/95 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES-401 Unit 2 is at 100% power Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet A loss of feedwater ftow occurs.
The reactor scrams on low water level.
All rods fully insert.
HPCI and RCIC automatically initiate on low-low water level A break occurs In the HPCI steam supply line. as eVidenced by TE 73-55A reading 270 deg. F and RM 9()"24A reading 300 mr/hr The automatic system isolation fails, and attempts to manually isolate me leak from the control room are unsuccessful.
SELECT the proper event classification A.
Notification of Unusual Event 1
B.
Alert C" Site Area Emergency D. General Emergency AND Ind catlOl'l of Primary System leakage Into Primary Containment Refer to Table 2.1-A.
OPERATING CONDITION:
Mode I or 2 or 3 c:
z c:
C/) c:,.
r-
~
m Z...
Form ES-401-5 ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet JIF=~~==~'~'='L='====~'=L====~
' L=='~'~
'===L='====~'=L====' ='~'L=
'===='~'=L='~'=='=o==
Unit 2 is at 100% power A loss of feedwater ftow occurs.
The reactor scrams on low water level.
All rods fully insert HPCI and RCIC automatically initiate on low-low water level A break occurs In the HPCI steam supply line. as eVidenced by TE 73-55A reading 270 deg. F and RM 9()"24A reading 300 mr/hr The automatic system isolation fails, and attempts to manually isolate the leak from the control room are unsuccessful.
SELECT the proper event classification A.
Notification of Unusual Event I
B.
Alert C.... Site Area Emergency D. General Emergency AND Ind cstlOl'l ot Primary System leakage Into Primary Containment Refer to Table 2.1-A.
OPERATING CO OITlON:
or 2 3
c z c:
(/)
c:,.
r-
~
~
-t Form ES-401-5
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet BROWNS FERRY EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION PROCEDURE EVENT CLASSIFICATION MATRIX EPlp*1 OPERA G CO orno ModeS can mamtalned aboVe *,ao inches.
OPERATI G CO OITlO All
. can AND Either of the foUowmg exists:
- The reacror 11 remain subcriteol wi ClOt boron unaera l cond' ons, and
- . Less than 4 MSRVs can be opened. Of
- . Reactor pressure elliOT be restored and n
talned above Suppres,slon Chambel pressure by least NIT
- 90 psi NIT 2 - 60 psi NIT 3 -70 psi
'OT been detem'lIied thai the reactor wi I ren
$U critltal without boron und r all conditlof\\s and una e 10 restore and rna taJ MARFP Table 1.,-G....
c:
z c:
CD c:,.
r-
~
m z
-t m
- U
-t Q
m z
m
~
m
- J:
m
- Q Q
m Z o Form ES*401*5 ES-401 BROWNS FERRY GCO DIT/O.
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION PROCEDURE EVENT CLASSIFICATION MA TRlX EPlp*1 OPERATI G CO DITlO All can AND Either of the foUowlOg e ists:
- The reactor 11 rema n subetitcal WI out boron undera l cond' ons. and
- .. Le&s than 4 MSRVs con be ope ed, or
- .. Reactor pressure ellIOT be restOfed and n
~talned e Suppression Chamber pressure by
- least NIT -90 psi
-t.
NIT 2 - e.o psl NIT 3 - 70 psi
- I has OT been detem'tned that me reactor wi I ren~ Stibcritico 'lloithout boron under all conditloM and una e to f8Sl0 e and ma ta n
~1ARFP Tobie 1. '-G2.
c:
z c c.o c:,..
r-
~
m z
-4 en
~
m M
~
m z o Q
m z
~
m 3:
m
~
m z o Form ES-401-5
ES*401 CURVES/TABLES; Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet TABLE 3.1 MAXIMUM SAFE OPERATING AREA TEMPERATURE LIMITS APPLICABLE PANEL 9*21 MAX SAFE OPERATING AREA TEMPERATURE EL.EMENTS VAL.UEoF (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)
UNIT 1 UNIT 2 UNIT3 RHR AlC Pump Room 74*95A 215 150 155 RHR BiD Pump Room 74*95B 150 210 215 HPCI Turbine Area 73*55A 275 270 270 CS AlC Pump and RCIC Turbine Area 71-41A 190 190 190 RCIC Steam Supply Area 71-41B, 41C. 410 195
!mE 250 HPCI steam Supply Area 73-55B, 55C, 550 245 240" 240 RHR AlC Pump Supply Area 74*95H 245 240 240 RHR BID Pump Supply Area 74-95G 190 240 240 Main Steam Line Leak Detection High (XA*55-3D*24) Panel 9-3 TIS*1-60A 315 315 315 RHR Valve Room 74-95E 175 170 175 RWCU lsol Logic Channel AlB Temp (XA*55-5B-32133) Panel 9-5 175 170 175 High 69-835A, B, C, 0 Aux Inst Room RWCU Outbd lsol Vlv Area 69*29F 220 220 220 RWCU HxArea 69*29G 220 220 220 RWCU Hx Exh Duct 69-29H 220 220 220 RWCU Reclrc Pum~ A Area 69-290 215 215 215 RWCU Recirc Pump B Area 69*29E 215 215 215 RHR AlC Hx Room 74*95C 210 195 200 RHR BID Hx Room 74*950 210 195 200 FPC Hx Area 74*95F 160 155 155 CURVES/TABLES:
TABLE 3.2 MAXJMUM SAFE OPERATING AREA RADIATION LIMITS AREA RAD MONITOR MAX SAFE VALUE MRfHR RHR West Room 9O*25A 1000 RHR East Room 9O*28A 1000 HPCI Room 9O*24A 1000 CS/RCIC Room 9O*26A 1000 Core Spray Room 90*27A 1000 Suppr Pool Area 90*29A 1000 CRD*HCU West Area 9O-20A 1000 CRD*HCU East Area 90-21A 1000 TIP Drive Area 9O*23A 1000 North RWCU System Area 90*13A 1000 South RWCU System Area 90*14A 1000 RWCU System Area 9O*9A 1000 MG Set Area 90-4A 1000 Fuel Pool Area 90*1A 1000 Service Fir Area 90-2A 1000 New Fuel Storage 9O*3A 1000 TABl.E 3.14/3.24 INDICATIONS OF POTENTIAL OR StGNIFICANT FUEL CLADDING FAILURE WITH RCS BARRIER INTACT INSIDE PRIMARY CONTAINMENT UNIT 1 DRYWEL.L RADIATION UNIT 2 DRYWEL.L RADIATION UNIT 3 DRYWEL.L RADIATION 1*RE*90-272A I > 196 R/HR 2*RE*90*272A I> 642 RIHR 3-RE*90*272A J> 196 R/HR 1*RE*90*273A 1 > 297 R/HR 2-RE*90*273A I> 297 R/HR 3-RE*90-273A I> 297 R/HR Reactor Coolant Activity R~actor Coolant Activity Reactor Coolant Activity
- 300 ~Ci gm Dose Equivalent c:: 300 ~Ci gm Dose Equivalent 2: 300 pCi gm Dose Equivalent I Io..1ine 131 Iodine 131 Iodine 131 Form ES*401*5 ES*401 CURVES/TABLES; Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet TABLE 3.1 MAXIMUM SAFE OPERATING AREA TEMPERATURE LIMITS APPLICABLE PANEL 9*21 MAX SAFE OPERATING AREA TEMPERATURE EL.EMENTS VAL.UEoF (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)
UNIT 1 UNIT 2 UNIT3 RHR AlC Pump Room 74*95A 215 150 155 RHR BiD Pump Room 74*95B 150 210 215 HPCI Turbine Area 73*55A 275 270 270 CS AlC Pump and RCIC Turbine Area 71-41A 190 190 190 RCIC Steam Supply Area 71-41B, 41C. 410 195 f!m!l 250 HPCI steam Supply Area 73-55B, 55C, 55D 245 240" 240 RHR AlC Pump Supply Area 74*95H 245 240 240 RHR BID Pump Supply Area 74-95G 190 240 240 Main Steam Line Leak Detection High JXA*55-3D*24) Panel 9-3 TIS*1-60A 315 315 315 RHR Valve Room 74-95E 175 170 175 RWCU lsol Logic Channel AlB Temp (XA*55-5B-32133) Panel 9-5 175 170 175 High 69-835A, B, C, D Aux Inst Room RWCU Outbd lsol Vlv Area 69*29F 220 220 220 RWCU HxArea 69*29G 220 220 220 RWCU Hx Exh Duct 69-29H 220 220 220 RWCU Reclrc Pump A Area 69-29D 215 215 215 RWCU Recirc Pump B Area 69*29E 215 215 215 RHR AlC Hx Room 74*95C 210 195 200 RHR BID Hx Room 74*95D 210 195 200 FPC Hx Area 74*95F 160 155 155 CURVES/TABLES:
TABLE 3.2 MAXJMUM SAFE OPERATING AREA RADIATION LIMITS AREA RAD MONITOR MAX SAFE VALUE MRfHR RHR West Room 9O*25A 1000 RHR East Room 9O*28A 1000 HPCI Room 9O*24A 1000 CS/RCIC Room 9O*26A 1000 Core Spray Room 90*27A 1000 Suppr Pool Area 90*29A 1000 CRD*HCU West Area 9O-20A 1000 CRD*HCU East Area 90-21A 1000 TIP Drive Area 9O*23A 1000 North RWCU System Area 90*13A 1000 South RWCU System Area 90*14A 1000 RWCU System Area 9O*9A 1000 MG Set Area 90-4A 1000 Fuel Pool Area 90*1A 1000 Service Fir Area 90-2A 1000 New Fuel Storage 9O*3A 1000 TABl.E 3.14/3.24 INDICATIONS OF POTENTIAL OR StGNIFICANT FUEL CLADDING FAILURE WITH RCS BARRIER INTACT INSIDE PRIMARY CONTAINMENT UNIT 1 DRYWEL.L RADIATION UNIT 2 DRYWEL.L RADIATION UNIT 3 DRYWEL.L RADIATION 1*RE*90-272A 1 > 196 R/HR 2*RE*90*272A J > 642 RIHR 3-RE*90*272A J > 196 R/HR 1*RE*90*273A I > 297 R/HR 2-RE*90*273A I> 297 R/HR 3-RE*90-273A I> 297 R/HR Reactor Coolant Activity R~actor Coolant Activity Reactor Coolant Activity
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet unlsoJabJe Pnmar'l System leak Is discharging InIO Secondary Contalnnwn
'I'rj area tempera lure e)(ceeds the Ma~ 'mum Safe Opi:raling Temperah.zre limit listed In Table 3.1.
An unlsolabJe Primary System lea Is discharging Into Seoond8ry Containment AND Any area temperature eKceeds the Maxlmum Sate Operating Temperature limit listed In Table 3.1 AND Any Indlcatlon of po entlal or slgnl cant fuel cladding failure e)(ists. Refer to abJe 3.1-G/3.2-G with RCS Barrier Intact Inside Primary Containment.
OPERATING CONDITION Mode 1 0( 2 or 3 AND ConfirmaUon by Refuel Floor personnel that irradiated fuel damage may have occurred_
OPERATING CONDITION:
ALL 3.2-S TABLE lion u(1lso1able Pflmary System leak IS discharging 1(110 Sec.ondary Conlalnmen ny area radiation level at or above the Ma'l!lmum Safe Operallng Area mdtsllon limillisled \\0 Table 3.2.
OPERATI G CONDITION:
Mode 1 0( 2 or 3 (J)
~
m m
i
- 0
~
z
(")
C')
m Z m
~
r-m
~
~
m z
(")
r-m
- 0
-t Form ES*401*5 ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet unlsoJabJe Primary System leak IS drscttsrglng into Secondary Contalnmen
- rT'1 area temperature exceeds the Maximum Sal: Op:rallng Tempera!ure Ilmlllislad In Table 3.1.
An unlsolabJe Primary System leak I, discharging Into Secondary Containment AND Any area temperature exceeds the Maximum Safe Operating Temperature limn listed In Table 3.1 AND Any Indica on or polen al or sign cant lI.Iel cladding failure exists. Refer to able 3.1-G/3.2-G IIlth RCS Bamer IntaCl lnslde Primary Containment OPERATING CONDITION Mode 1 or 2 or 3 3.2*A Any of the follO\\vtng high radla on alarms on Panel 9--3:
- RA-90-1A. Fuel Pool Floor Alarm
- RA-90-250A. Reactor. Turbine. Refuel Exhaust
- RA-90-142A. Reactor Rell.lel Exhaust
- RA-90-140A. Refueling Zone Exhaust AND Confirmation by Re1uel Floor personnel that Irradiated fuel damage may have occurred.
OPERATING CONDITION:
ALL 3.2-S TABLE n unlsolable Pflmary System leak IS discharging Into Seeondary Contalnmen ny area radlallOn lelfel at or above the Maximum Sale Operating AIel! radlsllon IIml\\lIsted In Table 3.2.
OPERATING CONDITION:
Mode 1 or 2 or 3 C) m Z m
~
r-m
~
~
m z
(")
r-m
- U
-t en
=t m m i
- u
~
Z o Form ES*401*5
ES-401 BROWNS FERRY EAL:
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet EMERGENCY CLASSIFICA nON PROCEDURE TECHNICAL BASIS EPIP-1 WATER LEVEL 1.1-51 SITE AREA EMERGENCY Reactor water level can NOT be maintained above -162 inches. (T AF).
Form ES-401-5 OPERATING CONDITION: ALL BASIS:
EAL:
If reactor water level cannot be maintained above TAF the potential exist for fuel cladding damage. Events most likely to result in coolant inventory loss to this extent are ReS boundary degradation events or station blackout events. For this event to be declared, RPV water level must have decreased or be trendtng to a value that. In the opinion of the Site Emergency Director, has resulted in or will result in some actual core uncovery. Additionally, the Site Emergency Director must have e.... idence that Reactor level has been or can be recovered to above T AF.
ThIS event classificatIon also applies In Mode 5 when the Reactor Vessel head IS installed.
Inadvertent draining of the Reactor Vessel is possible under these conditions due to valving errors associated with the RHR system or failures associated with isolation valves during alignment changes of systems connected to the Reactor Vessel below the normal water level.
The fact that the tranSient was severe enough to result in inability to maintain RPV level coupled with the anticipator! nature of this event classification as a precursor to more serious event warrants the Site Area Emergency ellent c1assrfication.
For events that occur during operation. escalation to General Emergency is based on inability to assure adequate core cooling by restoring and maintaining RPV water level following transients that have resulted in e)(treme RPV water level decrease.
For events that occur during shutdown or Mode 5, escalation is by radioactive release event classifications.
SECONDARY CONTAINMENT RADIATION 3.2-G GENERAL EMERGENCY An unlsolable Primary System leak Is discharging Into Secondary Containment AND Any area radiation level at or above the Maximum Safe Operating Area radiation limit listed In Table 3.2.
AND Any Indication of potential or significant fuel cladding failure exists. Refe~ to Table 3.1-G/3.2-G with RCS Barrier Intact inside Primary Containment.
OPERATING CONDITION: Mode 1 or 2 or 3 BASIS:
REFERENCES:
Secondary Containment radiation levels of this magnitude are indicative of significant inability to contain or control radioactive materials within the primary system and Primary Containment.
If the primary system is the source then Ihese indications represant loss of RCS pressure boundary and Primary Containment pressure boundary. Table 3,1-Gi3.2-G provides guidance for determining If significant fuel failure should be assumed.
This event dasslficatlon represents loss or potential loss of all three barriers designed to contain fiSSion products during accidents: therefore, the General Emergency classification is approprfate.
Reg Guide 1.101 Rev. 3, (NUMARC-FG)
EOI Program Manual, Section V-E Calculation ND-N0090-930055 R12 ES-401 BROWNS FERRY EAL:
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet EMERGENCY CLASSIFICA nON PROCEDURE TECHNICAL BASIS EPIP-1 WATER LEVEL 1.1-51 SITE AREA EMERGENCY Reactor water level can NOT be maintained above -162 inches. (T AF).
Form ES-401-5 OPERATING CONDITION: ALL BASIS If reactor water level cannot be maintained above TAF the potential exist for fuel cladding damage. Events most likely to result in coolant inventory loss to this extent are ReS boundary degradation events or station blackout events. For this event to be declared, RPV water level must have decreased or be trending to a value that. In the opinion of the Site Emergency Director, has resulted in or will result in some actual core uncovery. Additionally, the Site Emergency Director must have evidence that Reactor level has been or can be recovered to above T AF.
ThiS event classification also applies In Mode 5 when the Reactor Vessel head IS installed.
Inadvertent draining of the Reactor Vessel is possible under these conditions due to val.,.ing errors associated with the RHR system or failures associated with isolation valves during alignment changes of systems connected to the Reactor Vessel below the normal water level.
The fact that the tranSient was severe enough to result in inabilrty to maintain RPV level coupled with the anticipator! nature of this event classification as a precursor to more serious event warrants the Site Area Emergency event claSSification.
For events that occur during operation. escalation to General Emergency is based on inabilrty to assure adequate core cooling by restoring and maintaining RPV water level following transients that have resulted in extreme RPV water level decrease.
For events that occur during shutdown or Mode 5, escalation is by radioactive release event classifications.
tlD"'~I.1!1;i1'I.]~If!1'~1~1 1;~llm'*]t!1,[*]~tf.::~;;:*C EAL:
GENERAL EMERGENCY An unlsolable Primary System leak Is discharging Into Secondary Containment AND Any area radiation level at or above the Maximum Safe Operating Area radiation limit listed In Table 3.2.
AND Any Indication of potential or significant fuel cladding failure exists. Refe~ to Table 3.1-G/3.2-G with RCS Barrier Intact inside Primary Containment.
OPERATING CONDITION; Mode 1 or 2 or 3 BASIS:
REFERENCES:
Secondary Containment radiation levels of this magnitude are indicative of significant inability to contain or control radioactive materials within the primary system and Primary Containment.
If the primary system is the source then these indications represent loss of RCS pressure boundary and Primary Containment pressure boundary.
Table 3,1-Gi3.2-G provides guidance for determining If significant fuel failure should be assumed.
This event dasslficatlon represents loss or potential loss of all three barriers designed to contain fission products during accidents: therefore, the General Emergency classification is approprfate.
Reg Guide 1.101 Rev. 3, (NUMARC-FG)
EOI Program Manual. Section V-E Calculation ND-N0090-930055 R12
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
239002 SRVs G2.4.45 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm.
I Proposed Question: # 89 Level Tier#
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Form ES-401-5 239002G2.4.45 4.3 The Unit 2 is currently operating steady state at approximately 10% Reactor Power. During the performance of 2-SR-3.4.3.2, "Main Steam Relief Valves Manual Cycle Test," the following events occur:
At 1945: SRV 2-PCV-1-179 (Panel vertical) fails to open At 2030: SRV 2-PCV-1-19 (Panel apron) fails to open At 2200: SRV 2-PCV-1-42 (Panel vertical) fails to open At 2205: SRV Testing is secured to troubleshoot At 2240: HPCI TURBINE EXH RUPTURE DISC PRESSURE HIGH, (2-9-3F, Window 17), annunciator is received Given that any related automatic actions occur, which ONE of the following sets of Technical Specification actions are required for the above conditions?
[REFERENCE PROVIDED]
A. At 1945:
At 2030:
At 2200:
B. At 2030:
At 2240:
At 2240:
C. At 2030:
At 2200:
At 2240:
Enter LCO 3.4.3 Condition IA'.
Enter LCO 3.5.1 Condition IE' AND Re-enter LCO 3.4.3 Condition IA'.
Re-enter LCO 3.4.3 Condition IA'.
Enter LCO 3.4.3 Condition 'A' AND LCO 3.5.1 Condition 'E'.
Enter LCO 3.5.1 Conditions IC' AND IH'.
Enter LCO 3.03 concurrently with ALL other related LCOs Enter LCO 3.4.3 Condition lA' AND LCO 3.5.1 Condition IE'.
Re-enter LCO 3.4.3 Condition IA'.
Enter LCO 3.0.3 AND exit ALL other related LCOs.
D. At 1945: Enter LCO 3.5.1 Condition IE'.
At 2030: Enter LCO 3.4.3 Condition IA'.
At 2200: Enter LCO 3.5.1 Condition IG'.
At 2240: Enter LCO 3.5.1 Condition IC'.
I Proposed Answer: B ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
239002 SRVs G2.4.45 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm.
I Proposed Question: # 89 Level Tier#
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Form ES-401-5 239002G2.4.45 4.3 The Unit 2 is currently operating steady state at approximately 10% Reactor Power. During the performance of 2-SR-3.4.3.2, "Main Steam Relief Valves Manual Cycle Test," the following events occur:
At 1945: SRV 2-PCV-1-179 (Panel vertical) fails to open At 2030: SRV 2-PCV-1-19 (Panel apron) fails to open At 2200: SRV 2-PCV-1-42 (Panel vertical) fails to open At 2205: SRV Testing is secured to troubleshoot At 2240: HPCI TURBINE EXH RUPTURE DISC PRESSURE HIGH, (2-9-3F, Window 17), annunciator is received Given that any related automatic actions occur, which ONE of the following sets of Technical Specification actions are required for the above conditions?
[REFERENCE PROVIDED]
A. At 1945:
At 2030:
At 2200:
B. At 2030:
At 2240:
At 2240:
C. At 2030:
At 2200:
At 2240:
Enter LCO 3.4.3 Condition IA'.
Enter LCO 3.5.1 Condition IE' AND Re-enter LCO 3.4.3 Condition IA'.
Re-enter LCO 3.4.3 Condition IA'.
Enter LCO 3.4.3 Condition 'A' AND LCO 3.5.1 Condition 'E'.
Enter LCO 3.5.1 Conditions IC' AND IH'.
Enter LCO 3.03 concurrently with ALL other related LCOs Enter LCO 3.4.3 Condition lA' AND LCO 3.5.1 Condition IE'.
Re-enter LCO 3.4.3 Condition IA'.
Enter LCO 3.0.3 AND exit ALL other related LCOs.
D. At 1945: Enter LCO 3.5.1 Condition IE'.
At 2030: Enter LCO 3.4.3 Condition IA'.
At 2200: Enter LCO 3.5.1 Condition IG'.
At 2240: Enter LCO 3.5.1 Condition IC'.
I Proposed Answer: B
ES-401 Explanation (Optional):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 A
INCORRECT: 1945 - 3.4.3, have 13 SRVs and only require 12 SRVs.
While entry into 3.5.1 'E' is required at time 2030, re-entry into 3.4.3. 'A' would only be being entered for the first time.
S CORRECT: At time 1945, you still have 12 (of 13) required SRVs, and no Tech Spec entry is required. At time 2030,2 SRVs are Inop = (3.4.3 'A') + 1 is ADS = 3.5.1 'E'. At time 2200, you have a 3rd SRV Inop (not ADS), but there is no NOTE allowing separate entry into 3.4.3, so you do not re-enter.
2240 HPCI Inop = 3.5.1 'C' AND 'H' = Entry into LCO 3.03. In LCO 3.03, you do not exit other LCOs, so their clocks would run concurrently.
C INCORRECT: Time 2030 actions are correct. At time 2200, you have a 3rd SRV Inop (not ADS), but there is no NOTE allowing separate entry into 3.4.3, so you do not re-enter. After entering LCO 3.0.3, you do not exit other LCOs.
o INCORRECT: If candidate confuses which valves are ADS versus standard SRVs, this may be the approach they would take.
Technical Reference(s):
T.S. 3.4.3 and 3.5.1 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
T.S. 3.4.3 and 3.5.1 No Bases or SRs Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
Bank #
Modified Bank #
Last NRC Exam (As available)
Fitz D New Q 81 (Note changes or attach parent) 2005 Fitz NRC (Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES-401 Explanation (Optional):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 A
INCORRECT: 1945 - 3.4.3, have 13 SRVs and only require 12 SRVs.
While entry into 3.5.1 'E' is required at time 2030, re-entry into 3.4.3. 'A' would only be being entered for the first time.
S CORRECT: At time 1945, you still have 12 (of 13) required SRVs, and no Tech Spec entry is required. At time 2030,2 SRVs are Inop = (3.4.3 'A') + 1 is ADS = 3.5.1 'E'. At time 2200, you have a 3rd SRV Inop (not ADS), but there is no NOTE allowing separate entry into 3.4.3, so you do not re-enter.
2240 HPCI Inop = 3.5.1 'C' AND 'H' = Entry into LCO 3.03. In LCO 3.03, you do not exit other LCOs, so their clocks would run concurrently.
C INCORRECT: Time 2030 actions are correct. At time 2200, you have a 3rd SRV Inop (not ADS), but there is no NOTE allowing separate entry into 3.4.3, so you do not re-enter. After entering LCO 3.0.3, you do not exit other LCOs.
o INCORRECT: If candidate confuses which valves are ADS versus standard SRVs, this may be the approach they would take.
Technical Reference(s):
T.S. 3.4.3 and 3.5.1 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
T.S. 3.4.3 and 3.5.1 No Bases or SRs Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
Modified Bank #
Fitz D New Q 81 (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History:
Last NRC Exam 2005 Fitz NRC (Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
~FN Unit 2 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Unit Stanup and Power Operation 5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
Form ES-401-5 2-GOI-100*1A Rev. 0139 Page 105 of 169
[72]
VERIFY HPCI operable within '12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after Reador pressure is greater than or equal to 950 pstg. but less than or equal to 1040 psig, AND at least two turbine bypass valves are full open. COMPLETE 2-SR-3.5.1.7 OR VERIFY current (N/A if HPCI surveillance is going to be performed in Mode 1).
(R)
Initials Date Time NOTE 2-SR-3.4.3.2, tvtain Steam Relief Valves Manual Cycle Test, is performed once per operating cyde. Tech Specs SR 3.4.3.2 requires that each SlRV opens wtlen manually actuated, however it is not required to be performed until 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after Reactor steam pressure and flow are adequate to perform the test. Adequate pressure at which this test is to be performed is greater than 935 pSig. Adequate steam flow is represented by at least 3 main turbine bypass varves full open A cheCK with Work Control win determine whether this SR should be performed at this time.
[73]
WHEN Reactor pressure is greater than or equal to 935 psig AND three (3)
Turbine bypass valves are fully open, THEN PERFORM the foUov.1ng:
ENTER 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> LCO for Main steam Relief Valve Operability.
(Tech Specs LCO 3.4.3). (N/A, if 2-SR-3.4.3.2 is not required)
(R)
Initials Date RECORD Time LCO entered. (N!A if LCO entry not required.)
Date Time (R)
Initials Date Time Time IF 2-SR-3.4.3.2 is required to be performed and Reactor pressure is greater than or equal to 935 psig With 3 turbine bypass valves full open, THEN PERFORM 2-SR-3.4.3.2. (Otherwise N/A)
~FN Unit 2 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Unit Stanup and Power Operation 5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
Form ES-401-5 2-GOI-100*1A Rev. 0139 Page 105 of 169
[72]
VERIFY HPCI operable within '12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after Reador pressure is greater than or equal to 950 pstg. but less than or equal to 1040 psig, AND at least two turbine bypass valves are full open. COMPLETE 2-SR-3.5.1.7 OR VERIFY current (N/A if HPCI surveillance is going to be performed in Mode 1).
(R)
Initials Date Time NOTE 2-SR-3.4.3.2, tvtain Steam Relief Valves Manual Cycle Test, is performed once per operating cyde. Tech Specs SR 3.4.3.2 requires that each SlRV opens wtlen manually actuated, however it is not required to be performed until 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after Reactor steam pressure and flow are adequate to perform the test. Adequate pressure at which this test is to be performed is greater than 935 pSig. Adequate steam flow is represented by at least 3 main turbine bypass varves full open A cheCK with Work Control win determine whether this SR should be performed at this time.
[73]
WHEN Reactor pressure is greater than or equal to 935 psig AND three (3)
Turbine bypass valves are fully open, THEN PERFORM the foUov.1ng:
ENTER 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> LCO for Main steam Relief Valve Operability.
(Tech Specs LCO 3.4.3). (N/A, if 2-SR-3.4.3.2 is not required)
(R)
Initials Date RECORD Time LCO entered. (N!A if LCO entry not required.)
Date Time (R)
Initials Date Time Time IF 2-SR-3.4.3.2 is required to be performed and Reactor pressure is greater than or equal to 935 psig With 3 turbine bypass valves full open, THEN PERFORM 2-SR-3.4.3.2. (Otherwise N/A)
ES-401 BFN Unit 2 Sample Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Question Worksheet Panel 9*3 2*ARP*9*3F 2*XA*55-3F Rev. 0027 Page 20 of 39 SensorIT rip Pomt:
HPCI TURBINE EXH RUPTURE DISC PRESSURE HIGH 2-PA-73-20 PS-73-20A PS-73-20B PS-73-20C PS-73-20D 10 psig 10 psig 10 psig 10 psig (P<tge 1 of 1)
Sensor Loc"tion:
Probable C"use:
Autom"tic Action:
EI519', Column R-14 U-LlNE Rx Bldg Panel 2-25-63 A. Inner diaphragm ruptured.
B. Sensor malfunction.
NOTE TACF 2-08-002-073 electrically disabled 2-FCV-73-81 at breaker with valve closed.
HPCI STEAM LINE WARM-UP VALVE, 2-FCV-73-81 D. The following HPCI Suppression Pool suction valves close:
HPCI SUPPR POOL INBD SUCT VLV, 2-FCV-73-26 HPCI SUPPR POOL OUTBD SUCT VLV, 2-FCV-73-27 E. The following amber lights indicating auto isolation seal-in will illuminate:
HPCI AUTO ISOL LOGIC A. 2-IL-73-58A
__.... _. _..... _._... _L.~~ l _... &.* L.. J:r
......-::...... I. O'.~
.. ~ l~_ ~ _ £'Io... 11... _ ~I':l __ r.,.o.o.~ _
ES-401 BFN Unit 2 Sample Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Question Worksheet Panel 9*3 2*ARP*9*3F 2*)(A*55-3F Rev. 0027 Page 20 of 39 SensorlTrip Point:
HPCI TURBINE EXH RUPTURE DISC PRESSURE HIGH 2-PA-73-20 PS-73-20A PS-73-20B PS-73-20C PS-73-200 10 psig 10 psig 10 psig 10 psig (Page 1 of 1)
Sensor Loc<ltion:
Probable C<luse:
Autom<ltic Action:
E1519', Column R-14 U-LlNE Rx Bldg Panel 2-25-63 A. Inner diaphragm ruptured.
B. Sensor malfunction.
NOTE TACF 2-08-002-073 electrically disabled 2-FCV-73-81 at breaker with valve closed.
HPCI STEAM LINE WARM-UP VALVE, 2-FCV-73-81 O. The following HPCI Suppression Pool suction valves close:
HPCI SUPPR POOL INBO SUCT VLV, 2-FCV-73-26 HPCI SUPPR POOL OUTBO SUCT VLV, 2-FCV-73-27 E. The following amber lights indicating auto isolation seal-in will illuminate:
HPCI AUTO ISOL LOGIC A. 2-IL-73-58A
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) 3.4.3 Safety/Relief Valves (S/RVs)
Form ES-401-5 S/RVs 3.4.3 LCO 3.43 The safety function of 12 S/RVs shall be OPERABLE.
APPLICABILITY:
MODES'I, 2, and 3.
ACTIONS CONDITION A. One or more required S/RVs inoperable.
REQUIRED ACTION A.t Be in MODE 3.
A.2 Be In MODE 4 COMPLETION TIME t2 hours 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) 3.4.3 Safety/Relief Valves (S/RVs)
Form ES-401-5 S/RVs 3.4.3 LCO 3.43 The safety function of 12 S/RVs shall be OPERABLE.
APPLICABILITY:
MODES'I, 2, and 3.
ACTIONS CONDITION A. One or more required S/RVs inoperable.
REQUIRED ACTION A.t Be in MODE 3.
A.2 Be In MODE 4 COMPLETION TIME t2 hours 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet ECCS - Operating 3.5.1 3.5 EMERGENCY CORE COOUNG SYSTEMS (ECCS) AND REAqrOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING (RCte) SYSTEM 3.5.1 ECCS - Operating LCO 3.5.1 Each ECCS inJectfon/spray subsystem and the Automatic Depressunzation System (ADS) function of six safety/refief valves shaU be OPERABLE.
APPLICABILITY.
MODE 1, MODES 2 and 3, except high pressure coolant injection (HPCI) and ADS valves are not required to be OPERABLE with reactor steam dome pressure::::: 1:,0 psig.
ACTIONS
N 0 TE------------ ----------------------------
LCO 3.0.4.b is not applicable to HPCI.
CONDITION A. One low pressure ECCS A 1 injection/spray subsystem inoperable.
One low pressure coolant injection (LPCI) pump in both LPCI subsystems inoperable.
REQUIRED ACTION Restore low pressure ECCS injection/spray sUi)system(s) to OPERABLE status.
COMPLETION TIME 7 days*n (continued)
Form ES-401-5 ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet ECCS - Operating 3.5.1 3.5 EMERGENCY CORE COOUNG SYSTEMS (ECCS) AND REAqrOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING (RCte) SYSTEM 3.5.1 ECCS - Operating LCO 3.5.1 Each ECCS inJectfon/spray subsystem and the Automatic Depressunzation System (ADS) function of six safety/refief valves shaU be OPERABLE.
APPLICABILITY.
MODE 1, MODES 2 and 3, except high pressure coolant injection (HPCI) and ADS valves are not required to be OPERABLE with reactor steam dome pressure::::: 1:,0 psig.
ACTIONS
N 0 TE------------ ----------------------------
LCO 3.0.4.b is not applicable to HPCI.
CONDITION A. One low pressure ECCS A 1 injection/spray subsystem inoperable.
One low pressure coolant injection (LPCI) pump in both LPCI subsystems inoperable.
REQUIRED ACTION Restore low pressure ECCS injection/spray sUi)system(s) to OPERABLE status.
COMPLETION TIME 7 days*n (continued)
Form ES-401-5
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5
~. [ltaJTI OCV1!lopmCnl Inpul 1
~I!f~
-~-
,Record IKlAf~~
t 1234 23tOl2G 2 1 11
'~Iem
~
The plant s curren~ operanng steady state at 20% CTP after startup from a refUeling outage During the performance of ST-22B. Safety Relle Valve Tesnng. the olloWlng events occur
-OAI1945. SRV "Foxtrot" fails to open
-OAt 2030 SRV "Golf" tails to open
- OAt 2200 SRV "Hotel" tails to open
-OAt 2205. SRV Testing is secured Lo troubleshoot
-OAt 2240' Annunciator 09-3-3-36. HPCI VLV OR MTR OVERLOAD OR CNTRL POWER LOSS, IS received Investigation reveals thaI the power supply breakerto 23MOV-16. HPCI Outboard Steam Supp~ Isolation. IS tripped end charred WhIch of the folloWlng TechnIcal Specification actions are requIred for the above conditions?
lOOier d.OEnter LCO 3 4 3 Condition
- Alpha-at 2200 Enter LCO 3.5 1 Condition "Echo* at 2200 DblJedOl 1 DiairectOl 2
/lltaJrd: QTI)) I 9Il ~
01 101 (Flentd)
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5
~, [lI4/TI OCVl!'Opmcnl Inpul 1
~~~
F~;i.--=-"";;; ___ "";;'a.. Record KIA N~
t 1234 23SOo2G ~ 111 CUlat I ~
IQ~en\\ --
The plant IS curren~ operenng steady state at 20% CTP after s£artup from a refueling outage Dunng the performance of ST-22B. Safety Relle Valve Tesnng. the olloWlng events occur
-OAt 1945. SRV ' FOX1rot" fails to open
-OAt 2030 SRV 'Golf falls to open
-OAt 2200 SRV "Hotel" fails to open
-OAt 2205. SRV Test1ng is secured to troubleshoot
-OAt 2240' AnnunCIator 09-3-3-36. HPCI VL V OR MTR OVERLOAD OR CNTRL POWER LOSS. IS rece ved Investigatlon reveals that the power supply breakerto 23MOV-16. HPCI Outboard Steam Supp~ Isolallon. IS tripped end charred VY'h,ch of the folloWlng Technical Spec, Icallon actions are requIred for (he above conditions?
'AtiWeo d.DEnter LCO 3 4 3 Condition' Alpha' at 2200 Enter LCO 3.5 1 CondItion 'Echo' at 2200 DbltoctDl 1
'l8 ~
III 101 (Alated)
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
261000 SGTS Level Tier #
Group #
KJA#
SRO 2
A2.11 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only) 1 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM (SGTS); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:
261000A2.11 High containment pressure Importance Rating I Proposed Question: # 90 The following conditions exist:
Units 1 AND 3 are at 100% Reactor Power Unit 2 is in Mode 3, with cooldown to mode 4 in progress Standby Gas Treatment System 'A' was removed from service at 1000 on 3/2/09 for planned maintenance 3.3 At 1300 on 3/3/09 a coolant leak in the Drywell on Unit 2 results in the following plant conditions:
Drywell Pressure is 2.85 psig Reactor Water Level is being controlled (+) 2 to (+) 51 inches with RCIC Standby Gas Treatment 'B' Blower tripped immediately upon initiation AND cannot be repaired for two weeks Standby Gas Treatment System 'A' is restored to Operable at 1500 on 3/3/09.
Which ONE of the following identifies the latest time / date that Units 1 AND Unit 3 must be in Mode 3?
[REFERENCE PROVIDED]
A. 0200 on 3/4/09.
B. 2200 on 3/9/09.
C. 2200 on 3/10/09.
D. 0100 on 3/11/09.
I Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: This would be the correct time if SGTS A remained inoperable at 0200 on 3/4. However, since SGTS A was returned to Operable at 1100 on 3/3, Condition 0 for TS 3.6.4.3 and TS 3.0.3 are exited.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
261000 SGTS Level Tier #
Group #
KJA#
SRO 2
A2.11 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only) 1 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM (SGTS); and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:
261000A2.11 High containment pressure Importance Rating I Proposed Question: # 90 The following conditions exist:
Units 1 AND 3 are at 100% Reactor Power Unit 2 is in Mode 3, with cooldown to mode 4 in progress Standby Gas Treatment System 'A' was removed from service at 1000 on 3/2/09 for planned maintenance 3.3 At 1300 on 3/3/09 a coolant leak in the Drywell on Unit 2 results in the following plant conditions:
Drywell Pressure is 2.85 psig Reactor Water Level is being controlled (+) 2 to (+) 51 inches with RCIC Standby Gas Treatment 'B' Blower tripped immediately upon initiation AND cannot be repaired for two weeks Standby Gas Treatment System 'A' is restored to Operable at 1500 on 3/3/09.
Which ONE of the following identifies the latest time / date that Units 1 AND Unit 3 must be in Mode 3?
[REFERENCE PROVIDED]
A. 0200 on 3/4/09.
B. 2200 on 3/9/09.
C. 2200 on 3/10/09.
D. 0100 on 3/11/09.
I Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: This would be the correct time if SGTS A remained inoperable at 0200 on 3/4. However, since SGTS A was returned to Operable at 1100 on 3/3, Condition 0 for TS 3.6.4.3 and TS 3.0.3 are exited.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 B
INCORRECT: This would be the correct completion time based initiallnop time for SGTS A per TS 3.6.4.3 Conditions A and B. However, since the subsequent inoperability existed concurrent with the first inoperability and remained inoperable after the first inoperability was resolved, Completion Times may be extended in accordance with TS Section 1.3, "Completion Times" making this answer incorrect.
C CORRECT: This completion time is based on initial inoperability plus additional 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. Since the subsequent inoperability existed concurrent with the first inoperability and remained inoperable after the first inoperability was resolved, Completion Times may be extended in accordance with TS Section 1.3, "Completion Times". The completion time extension will be the more restrictive of initial entry plus an additional 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> or completion time as measured from discovery of the subsequent inoperability. Since this completion time is more restrictive it is the correct answer.
D INCORRECT: This would be the correct completion time as measured from discovery of the subsequent inoperability. However, TS Section 1.3, "Completion Times" states that the completion time will be the more restrictive of either initial entry plus an additional 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> or completion time as measured from discovery of the subsequent inoperability. Since initial entry plus 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> is more restrictive, this is incorrect.
Technical Reference(s):
TS 1.3 (Attach if not previously provided)
TS 3.6.4.3, TS 3.0.3 (Including version I revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
U1/2/3-TS 3.6.4.3 (NO Bases)
Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
Question History:
Bank #
MOdified Bank #
New X
Last NRC exam (Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 B
INCORRECT: This would be the correct completion time based initiallnop time for SGTS A per TS 3.6.4.3 Conditions A and B. However, since the subsequent inoperability existed concurrent with the first inoperability and remained inoperable after the first inoperability was resolved, Completion Times may be extended in accordance with TS Section 1.3, "Completion Times" making this answer incorrect.
C CORRECT: This completion time is based on initial inoperability plus additional 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. Since the subsequent inoperability existed concurrent with the first inoperability and remained inoperable after the first inoperability was resolved, Completion Times may be extended in accordance with TS Section 1.3, "Completion Times". The completion time extension will be the more restrictive of initial entry plus an additional 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> or completion time as measured from discovery of the subsequent inoperability. Since this completion time is more restrictive it is the correct answer.
D INCORRECT: This would be the correct completion time as measured from discovery of the subsequent inoperability. However, TS Section 1.3, "Completion Times" states that the completion time will be the more restrictive of either initial entry plus an additional 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> or completion time as measured from discovery of the subsequent inoperability. Since initial entry plus 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> is more restrictive, this is incorrect.
Technical Reference(s):
TS 1.3 (Attach if not previously provided)
TS 3.6.4.3, TS 3.0.3 (Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
U1/2/3* TS 3.6.4.3 (NO Bases)
Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
Question History:
Bank #
MOdified Bank #
New X
Last NRC exam (Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 Completion Times 1.3 1.3 Completion Times DESCRIPTION
( continued)
Once a Condition has been entered, subsequent divisions, subsystems, components, or variables expressed in the Condition, discovered to be inoperable or not within limits, will not result in separate entry into the Condition unless specifically stated. The Required Actions of the Condition continue to apply to each additional failure, with Completion Times based on initial entry into the Condition.
However, when a subsequent division, subsystem, component, or variable expressed in the Condition is discovered to be inoperable or not within limits, the Completion Time(s) may be extended. To apply this Completion Time extension, two criteria must first be met. The subsequent inoperabjlity:
- a.
Must exist concurrent with the first inoperability; and
- b.
Must remain inoperable or not within limits after the first inoperabifity is resolved.
The total Completion Time allowed for completing a Required Action to address the subsequent inoperability shall be limited to the more restrictive of either:
- a.
The stated Completion Time, as measured from the initial entry into the Condition, plus an additional 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />; or
- b.
The stated Completion Time as measured from discovery of the subsequent inoperability.
The above Completion Time extensions do not apply to those Specifications that have exceptions that allow completely separate re-entry into the Condition (for each division, subsystem, component or variable expressed in the Condition) and separate tracking of Completion Times based on this re-entry. These exceptions are stated in individual Specifications.
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 Completion Times 1.3 1.3 Completion Times DESCRIPTION
( continued)
Once a Condition has been entered, subsequent divisions, subsystems, components, or variables expressed in the Condition, discovered to be inoperable or not within limits, will not result in separate entry into the Condition unless specifically stated. The Required Actions of the Condition continue to apply to each additional failure, with Completion Times based on initial entry into the Condition.
However, when a subsequent division, subsystem, component, or variable expressed in the Condition is discovered to be inoperable or not within limits, the Completion Time(s) may be extended. To apply this Completion Time extension, two criteria must first be met. The subsequent inoperabjlity:
- a.
Must exist concurrent with the first inoperability; and
- b.
Must remain inoperable or not within limits after the first inoperabifity is resolved.
The total Completion Time allowed for completing a Required Action to address the subsequent inoperability shall be limited to the more restrictive of either:
- a.
The stated Completion Time, as measured from the initial entry into the Condition, plus an additional 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />; or
- b.
The stated Completion Time as measured from discovery of the subsequent inoperability.
The above Completion Time extensions do not apply to those Specifications that have exceptions that allow completely separate re-entry into the Condition (for each division, subsystem, component or variable expressed in the Condition) and separate tracking of Completion Times based on this re-entry. These exceptions are stated in individual Specifications.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.4.3 Standby Gas Treatment (SGT) System LCO 3.6.4.3 Three SGT subsystems shall be OPERABLE.
APPLICABILITY:
MODES 1, 2, and 3, Form ES-401-5 SGT System 3.6.4.3 During operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One SGT subsystem A.1 Restore SGT subsystem 7 days inoperable.
to OPERABLE status.
B. Required Action and B.'\\
Be in rv10DE 3.
'12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> associated Completion Time of Condition A not AND met in MODE 1, 2, or 3.
B.2 Be in MODE 4.
36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />
( continued)
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.4.3 Standby Gas Treatment (SGT) System LCO 3.6.4.3 Three SGT subsystems shall be OPERABLE.
APPLICABILITY:
MODES 1, 2, and 3, Form ES-401-5 SGT System 3.6.4.3 During operations with a potential for draining the reactor vessel (OPDRVs).
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One SGT subsystem A.1 Restore SGT subsystem 7 days inoperable.
to OPERABLE status.
B. Required Action and B.'\\
Be in rv10DE 3.
'12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> associated Completion Time of Condition A not AND met in MODE 1, 2, or 3.
B.2 Be in MODE 4.
36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />
( continued)
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION C Required Action and C1 Place two OPERABLE associated Completion SGT subsystems in Time of Condition A not operatton met during OPDRVs.
OR C.2 Initiate action to suspend OPDRVs.
D. Two or three SGT D.1 Enter LCO 3.03.
subsystems inoperable in MODEl, 2, or 3.
Form ES-401-5 SGT System 3.6.4.3 COMPLETION TIME Immediately Immediately Immediately (continued)
LCO 3.0.3 When an LCO is not met and the associated ACTIONS are not met, an associated ACTION is not provided, or if directed by the associated ACTIONS, the unit shall be placed in a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO is not applicable. Action shall be initiated within I hour to place the unit, as applicable, in:
- a. MODE 2 within *to hours;
- b. MODE 3 within '13 hours1.50463e-4 days <br />0.00361 hours <br />2.149471e-5 weeks <br />4.9465e-6 months <br />; and
- c. MODE 4 within 37 hours4.282407e-4 days <br />0.0103 hours <br />6.117725e-5 weeks <br />1.40785e-5 months <br />.
Exceptions to this SpeCification are stated in the individual Specifications.
Where corrective measures are completed that permit operation in accordance with the LCO or ACTIONS, completion of the actions required by LCO 3.0.3 is not required.
LCO 3.0.3 is only applicable in MODES 1,2, and 3, ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION C Required Action and C1 Place two OPERABLE associated Completion SGT subsystems in Time of Condition A not operatton met during OPDRVs.
OR C.2 Initiate action to suspend OPDRVs.
D. Two or three SGT D.1 Enter LCO 3.03.
subsystems inoperable in MODEl, 2, or 3.
Form ES-401-5 SGT System 3.6.4.3 COMPLETION TIME Immediately Immediately Immediately (continued)
LCO 3.0.3 When an LCO is not met and the associated ACTIONS are not met, an associated ACTION is not provided, or if directed by the associated ACTIONS, the unit shall be placed in a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO is not applicable. Action shall be initiated within I hour to place the unit, as applicable, in:
- a. MODE 2 within *to hours;
- b. MODE 3 within '13 hours1.50463e-4 days <br />0.00361 hours <br />2.149471e-5 weeks <br />4.9465e-6 months <br />; and
- c. MODE 4 within 37 hours4.282407e-4 days <br />0.0103 hours <br />6.117725e-5 weeks <br />1.40785e-5 months <br />.
Exceptions to this SpeCification are stated in the individual Specifications.
Where corrective measures are completed that permit operation in accordance with the LCO or ACTIONS, completion of the actions required by LCO 3.0.3 is not required.
LCO 3.0.3 is only applicable in MODES 1,2, and 3,
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
Level Tier#
Group #
KJA#
SRO 2
202001 Recirculation A2.10 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only) 2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RECIRCULATION SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:
202001 A2.1 0 3.9 Recirculation pump seal failure Importance Rating I Proposed Question: # 91 Unit 1 Reactor Recirculation Pump 1A was removed from service due to the following indications:
Number 2 seal pressure is 800 psig and rising slowly Recirculation Pump 1A Controlled Leakage is 1.4 gpm and rising slowly Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
Recirculation Pump 1 A parameters indicate a degraded Seal _( 1 )_. Per Tech Spec 3.4.1,
"RPS Instrumentation," setpoints for Single Loop Operation must be incorporated within _(2)_.
A. (1) Number 1 (2) 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> B. (1) Number 1 (2) 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> C. (1) Number 2 (2) 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> D. (1) Number 2 (2) 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> I Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Part 1 is correct. Seal Cavity #2 pressure approaching Seal Cavity #1 pressure is indicative of #1 Seal failure. The elevated controlled leakage rules out plugging of #2 RO. Part 2 is incorrect. RPS Instrumentation set points for Single Loop Operation must be incorporated within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of entering SLO per TS 3.4.1. The 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> time is recognizable as the time required to place an Inop channel in trip per RPS Instrumentation TS.
B CORRECT: Part 1 is correct. Seal Cavity #2 pressure approaching Seal Cavity #1 pressure is indicative of #1 Seal failure. The elevated controlled leakage rules out plugging of #2 RO. Part 2 is correct. RPS Instrumentation set points for Single Loop Operation must be incorporated within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of entering SLO per TS 3.4.1.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
Level Tier#
Group #
KJA#
SRO 2
202001 Recirculation A2.10 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only) 2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the RECIRCULATION SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:
202001 A2.1 0 3.9 Recirculation pump seal failure Importance Rating I Proposed Question: # 91 Unit 1 Reactor Recirculation Pump 1A was removed from service due to the following indications:
Number 2 seal pressure is 800 psig and rising slowly Recirculation Pump 1A Controlled Leakage is 1.4 gpm and rising slowly Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
Recirculation Pump 1 A parameters indicate a degraded Seal _( 1 )_. Per Tech Spec 3.4.1,
"RPS Instrumentation," setpoints for Single Loop Operation must be incorporated within _(2)_.
A. (1) Number 1 (2) 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> B. (1) Number 1 (2) 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> C. (1) Number 2 (2) 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> D. (1) Number 2 (2) 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> I Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Part 1 is correct. Seal Cavity #2 pressure approaching Seal Cavity #1 pressure is indicative of #1 Seal failure. The elevated controlled leakage rules out plugging of #2 RO. Part 2 is incorrect. RPS Instrumentation set points for Single Loop Operation must be incorporated within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of entering SLO per TS 3.4.1. The 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> time is recognizable as the time required to place an Inop channel in trip per RPS Instrumentation TS.
B CORRECT: Part 1 is correct. Seal Cavity #2 pressure approaching Seal Cavity #1 pressure is indicative of #1 Seal failure. The elevated controlled leakage rules out plugging of #2 RO. Part 2 is correct. RPS Instrumentation set points for Single Loop Operation must be incorporated within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of entering SLO per TS 3.4.1.
ES-401 Technical Reference( s):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 C
INCORRECT: Part 1 is incorrect. Seal Cavity #2 pressure would be less than half of Seal Cavity #1 pressure if #1 Seal failed. Part 2 is incorrect.
RPS Instrumentation set points for Single Loop Operation must be incorporated within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of entering SLO per TS 3.4.1. The 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> time is recognizable as the time required to place an Inop channel in trip per RPS Instrumentation TS.
o INCORRECT: Part 1 is incorrect. Seal Cavity #2 pressure would be less than half of Seal Cavity #1 pressure if #1 Seal failed. Part 2 is correct.
RPS Instrumentation set points for Single Loop Operation must be incorporated within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of entering SLO per TS 3.4.1.
1-01-68 Rev 14 1 TS 3.4.1 (Attach if not previously provided) 1-ARP-9-4A Rev 16 (Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
Bank #
Modified Bank #
New Last NRC Exam (As available)
(Note changes or attach parent) x (Optional - Questions validated at the facility since 10/95 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
Reviewed 1-9-4A Rev17 issued 3/25/09. New revision has no impact on this question.
ES-401 Technical Reference( s):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 C
INCORRECT: Part 1 is incorrect. Seal Cavity #2 pressure would be less than half of Seal Cavity #1 pressure if #1 Seal failed. Part 2 is incorrect.
RPS Instrumentation set points for Single Loop Operation must be incorporated within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of entering SLO per TS 3.4.1. The 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> time is recognizable as the time required to place an Inop channel in trip per RPS Instrumentation TS.
o INCORRECT: Part 1 is incorrect. Seal Cavity #2 pressure would be less than half of Seal Cavity #1 pressure if #1 Seal failed. Part 2 is correct.
RPS Instrumentation set points for Single Loop Operation must be incorporated within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of entering SLO per TS 3.4.1.
1-01-68 Rev 14 1 TS 3.4.1 (Attach if not previously provided) 1-ARP-9-4A Rev 16 (Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
Bank #
Modified Bank #
New Last NRC Exam (As available)
(Note changes or attach parent) x (Optional - Questions validated at the facility since 10/95 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
Reviewed 1-9-4A Rev17 issued 3/25/09. New revision has no impact on this question.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 BFN Unit 1 RECIRC PUMP1A NOl SEAL LEAKAGE ABN 1-FA-68-62 (Page '1 of 3)
Panel 9-4 1-XA-55-4A SensorlTrip Point:
1-FIS-068-0062 Sensor Location:
Recirculation Pump 1A Drywell Elevation 549.2 1-ARP-9-4A Rev. 0016 Page 33 of 47
~ 0.9 gpm rising s 0.5 gpm lowering Probable Cause:
A. Plugging of No. 1 and/or No.2 RO (controlled pressure breakdown orifice).
Automatic Action:
Operator Action:
B. Failure of no. 1 seal.
C. Reactor Pressure < 450 psig (Alarm resets at > 650 psig).
None A DETERMINE initiation cause by comparing No.1 and 2 seal cavity pressure indicators on 1-9-4 or ICS.
Plugging of No. 1 RO - No.2 seal cavity pressure indicator drops toward zero t and control leakage lowers to s 0.5 gpm.
Plugging of No.2 RO - No.2 seal pressure approaches No.1 seal pressure and control leakage lowers to s 0.5 gpm.
Failure of No.1 seal - No.2 seal pressure is greater than 50%
of the pressure of No.1. The controlled leakage will be
~ 0.9 gpm.
Failure of No.2 seal - No.2 seal pressure is less than 50% of the No. 1 seal.
o o
o o
o ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 BFN Unit 1 RECIRC PUMP1A NOl SEAL LEAKAGE ABN 1-FA-68-62 (Page '1 of 3)
Panel 9-4 1-XA-55-4A SensorlTrip Point:
1-FIS-068-0062 Sensor Location:
Recirculation Pump 1A Drywell Elevation 549.2 1-ARP-9-4A Rev. 0016 Page 33 of 47
~ 0.9 gpm rising s 0.5 gpm lowering Probable Cause:
A. Plugging of No. 1 and/or No.2 RO (controlled pressure breakdown orifice).
Automatic Action:
Operator Action:
B. Failure of no. 1 seal.
C. Reactor Pressure < 450 psig (Alarm resets at > 650 psig).
None A DETERMINE initiation cause by comparing No.1 and 2 seal cavity pressure indicators on 1-9-4 or ICS.
Plugging of No. 1 RO - No.2 seal cavity pressure indicator drops toward zero t and control leakage lowers to s 0.5 gpm.
Plugging of No.2 RO - No.2 seal pressure approaches No.1 seal pressure and control leakage lowers to s 0.5 gpm.
Failure of No.1 seal - No.2 seal pressure is greater than 50%
of the pressure of No.1. The controlled leakage will be
~ 0.9 gpm.
Failure of No.2 seal - No.2 seal pressure is less than 50% of the No. 1 seal.
o o
o o
o
ES*401 BASES (continued)
ACTIONS Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet A.1 Form ES*401*5 Recirculation Loops Operating B 3.4.1 With the requirements of the LCO not met, the recirculation loops must be restored to operation with matched flows within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. A recirculation loop is considered not in operation when the pump in that loop is idle or when the mismatch betllveen total jet pump flows of the two loops is greater than required limits. The loop with the lower flow must be considered not in operation. Should a LOCA occur with one recirculation loop not in operation, the core flow coastdown and resultant core response may not be bounded by the LOCA analyses. Therefore, only a limited time is allowed to restore the inoperable loop to operating status.
Alternatively, if the single loop requirements of the LCO are applied to the operating limits and RPS setpoints, operation with only one recirculation loop would satisfy the requirements of the LCO and the initial conditions of the accident sequence.
ES*401 BASES (continued)
ACTIONS Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet A.1 Form ES*401*5 Recirculation Loops Operating B 3.4.1 With the requirements of the LCO not met, the recirculation loops must be restored to operation with matched flows within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. A recirculation loop is considered not in operation when the pump in that loop is idle or when the mismatch betllveen total jet pump flows of the two loops is greater than required limits. The loop with the lower flow must be considered not in operation. Should a LOCA occur with one recirculation loop not in operation, the core flow coastdown and resultant core response may not be bounded by the LOCA analyses. Therefore, only a limited time is allowed to restore the inoperable loop to operating status.
Alternatively, if the single loop requirements of the LCO are applied to the operating limits and RPS setpoints, operation with only one recirculation loop would satisfy the requirements of the LCO and the initial conditions of the accident sequence.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
215002 RBM A2.05 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the ROD BLOCK MONITOR SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:
RBM high or inoperable: BWR-3,4,5 I Proposed Question: # 92 I
Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Form ES-401-5 SRO 2
2 215002A2.05 3.3 Unit 3 is at 75% Reactor Power for a sequence exchange. Control Rod 26-59 is being withdrawn from position 00 to 48 when the following annunciators / indications are received:
RBM HI/INOP, (3-9-5A, Window 24)
CONTROL ROD WITHDRAW BLOCK, (3-9-5A, Window 7)
LPRM HI status light adjacent to Control Rod 26-59 is blinking on/off APRM Power indication momentarily spiked then stabilized at 78%
Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following completes the statement?
The crew must execute _(1)_ AND reduce _(2)_.
A. (1) 3-AOI-85-1, "Rod Drop Accident,"
(2) Core Flow to 50 to 60%.
B. (1) 3-AOI-85-7, "Mispositioned Control Rod,"
(2) Core Flow to 50 to 60%.
C. (1) 3-AOI-85-1, "Rod Drop Accident,"
(2) Reactor Power by 10%.
D. (1) 3-AOI-85-7, "Mispositioned Control Rod,"
(2) Reactor Power by 10%.
I Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Part 1 = correct - See D. Part 2 = incorrect AOI-85-1, "Rod Drop Accident" does not direct lowering Core Flow to 50 to 60%. This direction is plausible and recognizable as subsequent action in other AOls.
B INCORRECT: Part 1 and 2 = incorrect as detailed in C.
C CORRECT: Part 1 = correct - Based on the indications received, the Candidate should recognize the symptoms of a Rod Drop Accident and enter 3-AOI-85-1, "Rod Drop Accident." Part 2 = correct - Subsequent action 4.2 of 3-AOI-85-1, "Rod Drop Accident" directs if no Scram occurred to reduce Reactor Power by 10% from the power prior to the event.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
215002 RBM A2.05 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the ROD BLOCK MONITOR SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:
RBM high or inoperable: BWR-3,4,5 I Proposed Question: # 92 I
Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Form ES-401-5 SRO 2
2 215002A2.05 3.3 Unit 3 is at 75% Reactor Power for a sequence exchange. Control Rod 26-59 is being withdrawn from position 00 to 48 when the following annunciators / indications are received:
RBM HI/INOP, (3-9-5A, Window 24)
CONTROL ROD WITHDRAW BLOCK, (3-9-5A, Window 7)
LPRM HI status light adjacent to Control Rod 26-59 is blinking on/off APRM Power indication momentarily spiked then stabilized at 78%
Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following completes the statement?
The crew must execute _(1)_ AND reduce _(2)_.
A. (1) 3-AOI-85-1, "Rod Drop Accident,"
(2) Core Flow to 50 to 60%.
B. (1) 3-AOI-85-7, "Mispositioned Control Rod,"
(2) Core Flow to 50 to 60%.
C. (1) 3-AOI-85-1, "Rod Drop Accident,"
(2) Reactor Power by 10%.
D. (1) 3-AOI-85-7, "Mispositioned Control Rod,"
(2) Reactor Power by 10%.
I Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Part 1 = correct - See D. Part 2 = incorrect AOI-85-1, "Rod Drop Accident" does not direct lowering Core Flow to 50 to 60%. This direction is plausible and recognizable as subsequent action in other AOls.
B INCORRECT: Part 1 and 2 = incorrect as detailed in C.
C CORRECT: Part 1 = correct - Based on the indications received, the Candidate should recognize the symptoms of a Rod Drop Accident and enter 3-AOI-85-1, "Rod Drop Accident." Part 2 = correct - Subsequent action 4.2 of 3-AOI-85-1, "Rod Drop Accident" directs if no Scram occurred to reduce Reactor Power by 10% from the power prior to the event.
ES-401 Technical Reference( s):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 D
INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect - Symptoms described clearly indicate a Rod Drop Accident has occurred. Although the dropped control rod is mispositioned, the appropriate guidance for this event is provided in 3-AOI-85-1, "Rod Drop Accident". Part 2 = correct as detailed above.
3-AOI-85-1 Rev 6 (Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
Bank #
Modified Bank #
New X
Last NRC Exam (As available)
(Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of eve/}' question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES-401 Technical Reference( s):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 D
INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect - Symptoms described clearly indicate a Rod Drop Accident has occurred. Although the dropped control rod is mispositioned, the appropriate guidance for this event is provided in 3-AOI-85-1, "Rod Drop Accident". Part 2 = correct as detailed above.
3-AOI-85-1 Rev 6 (Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
Bank #
Modified Bank #
(As available)
~
New X
Last NRC Exam (Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional - Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES-401 BFN Unit 3 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Rod Drop Accident Form ES-401-5 3-AOI-85-1 Rev. 0006 Page 4 of 8 1.0 PURPOSE This abnormal operating instruction provides symptoms, automatic actions and operator actions for a control rod drop accident.
2.0 SYMPTOMS A.
Reactor power rise.
B.
LPRM HI status lights around dropping control rod in alarm on Full Core Display.
C.
Reactor high neutron ftux scram with any of the following annunciators on Panel 3-9-4 and 3-9-5 in alarm:
'1.
IRM CH A,C,E,G HI-HIIINOP (3-XA-55-5A, Window 33)
- 2.
IRM CH B,D,F,H HI-HIiINOP (3-XA-55-5A, Window 34)
- 3.
APRM HIGH/INOP OR OPRM TRIP(3-XA-55-5A, Window 25)
- 4.
REACTOR CHANNEL A AUTO SCRAM (3-XA-55-5B, Window 1)
- 5.
REACTOR CHANNEL B AUTO SCRAM (3-XA-55-5B, Window 2) 6 NEUTRON MONITORING SYS HALF SCRAM (3-XA-55-4A, Window '16)
- 7.
CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK (3-XA-55-5A, Window 7)
ES-401 BFN Unit 3 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Rod Drop Accident Form ES-401-5 3-AOI-85-1 Rev. 0006 Pajle 4 of 8 1.0 PURPOSE This abnormal operating instruction provides symptoms, automatic actions and operator actions for a control rod drop accident.
2.0 SYMPTOMS A.
Reactor power rise.
B.
LPRM HI status lights around dropping control rod in alarm on Full Core Display.
C.
Reactor high neutron ftux scram with any of the following annunciators on Panel 3-9-4 and 3-9-5 in alarm:
'1.
IRM CH A,C,E,G HI-HIIINOP (3-XA-55-5A, Window 33)
- 2.
IRM CH B,D,F,H HI-HIiINOP (3-XA-55-5A, Window 34)
- 3.
APRM HIGH/INOP OR OPRM TRIP(3-XA-55-5A, Window 25)
- 4.
REACTOR CHANNEL A AUTO SCRAM (3-XA-55-5B, Window 1)
- 5.
REACTOR CHANNEL B AUTO SCRAM (3-XA-55-5B, Window 2) 6 NEUTRON MONITORING SYS HALF SCRAM (3-XA-55-4A, Window '16)
- 7.
CONTROL ROD WITHDRAWAL BLOCK (3-XA-55-5A, Window 7)
ES-401 BFN Unit 3 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Rod Drop Accident 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS 4.1 Immediate Actions None 4.2 Subsequent Actions
('I]
[2]
VERIFY automatic actions.
IF NO scram occurs, THEN 3-AOI-85-1 Rev. 0006 Page 6 of 8 REDUCE Reactor power by 10% from the power prior to event.
[3]
With concurrence of SM, Form ES-401-5 o
o ES-401 BFN Unit 3 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Rod Drop Accident 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS 4.1 Immediate Actions None 4.2 Subsequent Actions
('I]
[2]
VERIFY automatic actions.
IF NO scram occurs, THEN 3-AOI-85-1 Rev. 0006 Page 6 of 8 REDUCE Reactor power by 10% from the power prior to event.
[3]
With concurrence of SM, Form ES-401-5 o
o
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
233000 Fuel Pool Cooling/Cleanup G2.4.35 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
SRO 2
2 Knowledge of local auxiliary operator tasks during an emergency and the resultant operational effects.
Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
233000G2.4.35 Importance Rating II 4.0 I Proposed Question: # 93 Unit 1 is commencing a Refueling outage, with the following conditions existing:
Shutdown Cooling in service on RHR Loop II Fuel Pool temperature 126 OF RHR Heat Exchanger outlet temperature 145 OF and steady Fuel Pool I Reactor Cavity gates are installed Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
The Unit Supervisor is required to direct the Reactor Building AUO to _(1 )_, which will
_(2)_.
A. (1) assist in connecting the Unit 2 Fuel Pool Cooling to Unit 1, per 1-AOI-78-1, "Fuel Pool Cleanup System Failure,"
(2) introduce cooler water into the Fuel Pool Cooling System.
B. (1) raise the skimmer weirs inside the Spent Fuel Pool locally, per 1-01-78, "Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System,"
(2) allow more Fuel Pool Cooling System flow.
C. (1) verify FPC F/D BYP VLV 1A, 1-FCV-78-66, is closed locally, per 1-AOI-78-1, "Fuel Pool Cleanup System Failure,"
(2) raise Fuel Pool Cooling System flow.
D. (1) assist in establishing EECW makeup flow to the Spent Fuel Pool, per 1-01-78, "Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System,"
(2) introduce makeup water into the Fuel Pool Cooling System.
I Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A CORRECT: part 1 = correct, 1-AOI-78-1, step 4.2[3.8] directs this activity.
The gates are not removed, so SOC cannot assist in cooling the SFP. Part 2 = correct, temperature control assistance from Unit 2 will begin once the Yz Transfer gates are removed.
B INCORRECT: part 1 = incorrect, this is a subset step for 1-AOI-78-1, step 4.2[3.8]. They would be lowered to promote more flow. Part 2 = incorrect, raising would reduce flow.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
233000 Fuel Pool Cooling/Cleanup G2.4.35 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
SRO 2
2 Knowledge of local auxiliary operator tasks during an emergency and the resultant operational effects.
Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
233000G2.4.35 Importance Rating II 4.0 I Proposed Question: # 93 Unit 1 is commencing a Refueling outage, with the following conditions existing:
Shutdown Cooling in service on RHR Loop II Fuel Pool temperature 126 OF RHR Heat Exchanger outlet temperature 145 OF and steady Fuel Pool I Reactor Cavity gates are installed Which ONE of the following completes the statement?
The Unit Supervisor is required to direct the Reactor Building AUO to _(1 )_, which will
_(2)_.
A. (1) assist in connecting the Unit 2 Fuel Pool Cooling to Unit 1, per 1-AOI-78-1, "Fuel Pool Cleanup System Failure,"
(2) introduce cooler water into the Fuel Pool Cooling System.
B. (1) raise the skimmer weirs inside the Spent Fuel Pool locally, per 1-01-78, "Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System,"
(2) allow more Fuel Pool Cooling System flow.
C. (1) verify FPC F/D BYP VLV 1A, 1-FCV-78-66, is closed locally, per 1-AOI-78-1, "Fuel Pool Cleanup System Failure,"
(2) raise Fuel Pool Cooling System flow.
D. (1) assist in establishing EECW makeup flow to the Spent Fuel Pool, per 1-01-78, "Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System,"
(2) introduce makeup water into the Fuel Pool Cooling System.
I Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A CORRECT: part 1 = correct, 1-AOI-78-1, step 4.2[3.8] directs this activity.
The gates are not removed, so SOC cannot assist in cooling the SFP. Part 2 = correct, temperature control assistance from Unit 2 will begin once the Yz Transfer gates are removed.
B INCORRECT: part 1 = incorrect, this is a subset step for 1-AOI-78-1, step 4.2[3.8]. They would be lowered to promote more flow. Part 2 = incorrect, raising would reduce flow.
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 C
INCORRECT: part 1 = incorrect, 1-AOI-78-1, step 4.2[3.4] directs opening I bypassing the Demins, to raise system flow. Part 2 = correct, the intent is to raise system flow, but having the BIP closed does not achieve this.
o INCORRECT: part 1 = incorrect, used if SFP level is lowering. 1-AOI-78-1, step 4.2[2.6]. Part 2 = incorrect, makeup water is not needed, cooling is.
This would provide some relief, due to dilution. Eventually would need to drain water to prevent overflow.
Technical Reference(s):
1-AOI-78-1 Rev 14 (Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version / revision number)
O-GOI-100-3A Rev 53 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
________ (As available)
Bank #
L-___
Modified Bank #
New Last NRC Exam 295023G2.4.4 0407A (Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Comments:
BFN Unit 1 Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
55.41 55.43 X
Fuel Pool Cleanup System Failure 1-AOI-78-1 Rev. 0014 Page 8 of 22 4.2 Subsequent Actions (continued)
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 C
INCORRECT: part 1 = incorrect, 1-AOI-78-1, step 4.2[3.4] directs opening I bypassing the Demins, to raise system flow. Part 2 = correct, the intent is to raise system flow, but having the BIP closed does not achieve this.
o INCORRECT: part 1 = incorrect, used if SFP level is lowering. 1-AOI-78-1, step 4.2[2.6]. Part 2 = incorrect, makeup water is not needed, cooling is.
This would provide some relief, due to dilution. Eventually would need to drain water to prevent overflow.
Technical Reference(s):
1-AOI-78-1 Rev 14 (Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version / revision number)
O-GOI-100-3A Rev 53 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
________ (As available)
Bank #
Modified Bank #
New Last NRC Exam 295023G2.4.4 0407A (Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Comments:
BFN Unit 1 Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
55.41 55.43 X
Fuel Pool Cleanup System Failure 1-AOI-78-1 Rev. 0014 Page 8 of 22 4.2 Subsequent Actions (continued)
[3]
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet
[2.6]
IF level cannot be restored, THEN PERFORM Attachment 2 to provide EECW makeup flow through hoses to Unit 1 Spent Fuel Pool.
0
[2.7]
PERFORM visual inspection of fuel pool piping on all levels of reactor building, inspecting for leaks.
[2.S]
IF a line break is detected, THEN UNLOCK and CLOSE the following on the refuel floor:
POOL POOL DIFFUSER A INL VLV, 1-SHV-07S-0524 POOL POOL DIFFUSER B INL VL V, 1-SHV-07S-0525 IF fuel poo! cooling system failure is from loss of cooling, THEN PERFORM the following:
[3.1]
START idle Fuel Pool Cooling Pump 1B(1A).
[3.2]
A TTEMPT to re-start the tripped Fuel Pool Cooling Pump 1A(1B).
[3.3]
VERIFY RBCCW System is operating and REFER TO 1-01-70.
[3.4]
BYPASS fuel pool filter demineralizer to raise flow by performing the following:
THROTTLE OPEN FPC FlO 1A BYP VLV A(8),
1-FCV-078-0066(0065), using local control switch 1-HS-07S-00668(0065B), to maintain pump discharge pressure greater than 130 psig as indicated on FPC PMP 1A(1B) DISCH PRESS LOW, 1-PIS-07S-0011(0016}, on FUEL POOL PUMP PANEl, 1-LPNL-925-0016.
[3.5]
IF Fuel Pool/Reactor Cavity gates are removed. THEN PERFORM the following:
VERIFY RWCU System in service in accordance with 1-01-69.
PLACE RHR System in Shutdown Cooling mode in accordance with 1-01-74.
[3.6]
DIRECT the STA to ESTIMATE the time for the fuel pool temperature to rise to 125°F and 150')F, using the heat-up rates as provided in Attachment 1, Table 1 at least once per shift UNTIL Fuel Pool cooling is restored.
[3.7]
PLACE RHR supplemental fuel pool cooling mode in operation and REFER TO 1-01-74 as necessary to maintain fuel pool temperature less than 125 GF as indicated on RHR/FUEL POOL CLG TEMPERATURE recorder, 1-TR-7 4-S0, on Panel 9-21.
o o
o 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
[3]
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet
[2.6]
IF level cannot be restored, THEN PERFORM Attachment 2 to provide EECW makeup flow through hoses to Unit 1 Spent Fuel Pool.
0
[2.7]
PERFORM visual inspection of fuel pool piping on all levels of reactor building, inspecting for leaks.
[2.S]
IF a line break is detected, THEN UNLOCK and CLOSE the following on the refuel floor:
POOL POOL DIFFUSER A INL VLV, 1-SHV-07S-0524 POOL POOL DIFFUSER B INL VL V, 1-SHV-07S-0525 IF fuel poo! cooling system failure is from loss of cooling, THEN PERFORM the following:
[3.1]
START idle Fuel Pool Cooling Pump 1B(1A).
[3.2]
A TTEMPT to re-start the tripped Fuel Pool Cooling Pump 1A(1B).
[3.3]
VERIFY RBCCW System is operating and REFER TO 1-01-70.
[3.4]
BYPASS fuel pool filter demineralizer to raise flow by performing the following:
THROTTLE OPEN FPC FlO 1A BYP VLV A(8),
1-FCV-078-0066(0065), using local control switch 1-HS-07S-00668(0065B), to maintain pump discharge pressure greater than 130 psig as indicated on FPC PMP 1A(1B) DISCH PRESS LOW, 1-PIS-07S-0011(0016}, on FUEL POOL PUMP PANEl, 1-LPNL-925-0016.
[3.5]
IF Fuel Pool/Reactor Cavity gates are removed. THEN PERFORM the following:
VERIFY RWCU System in service in accordance with 1-01-69.
PLACE RHR System in Shutdown Cooling mode in accordance with 1-01-74.
[3.6]
DIRECT the STA to ESTIMATE the time for the fuel pool temperature to rise to 125°F and 150')F, using the heat-up rates as provided in Attachment 1, Table 1 at least once per shift UNTIL Fuel Pool cooling is restored.
[3.7]
PLACE RHR supplemental fuel pool cooling mode in operation and REFER TO 1-01-74 as necessary to maintain fuel pool temperature less than 125 GF as indicated on RHR/FUEL POOL CLG TEMPERATURE recorder, 1-TR-7 4-S0, on Panel 9-21.
o o
o 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 Form ES-401-5
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet AD Tier T1/G1
- I SROTier
.* c;qg Level CIA 4.0/4.3 StlUl'~._... _.. _
.El(aI!I.
295023G2.4.4 BF05301
, L' L' I
~
I
, *** I **,
I **,
I Unit 2 IS in a refueling outage and a fuel shuffle has Just been completed The following conditions exist at this time
- Shutdown cooling In service on Loop II
- Approximately half the core unloaded to the Spent Fuel Pool
- Fuel pool temperature 1260FI
- RHR Heat Exchanger outlet temperature 1450F and steady
- All SGT Systems have Just been declared INOPERABLE I
, '6 Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following procedures should be implemented?
A. 2-AOI-30B-1, Reactor Building Ventilation Failure.
B. 2-AOI-74-1, Loss of Shutdown Cooling.
U 2-AOI-78-1, Fuel Pool Cleanup System Failure D 2-AOI-79-1, Fuel Damage during Refueling.
. !e~L_
R Form ES-401-5
~IR~
TCK/RM ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet AD Tier T1/G1
- I SROTier
.* c;qg Level CIA 4.0/4.3 StlUl'~._... _.. _
.El(aI!I.
295023G2.4.4 BF05301
, L' L' I
~
I
, *** I **,
I **,
I Unit 2 IS in a refueling outage and a fuel shuffle has Just been completed The following conditions exist at this time
- Shutdown cooling In service on Loop II
- Approximately half the core unloaded to the Spent Fuel Pool
- Fuel pool temperature 1260FI
- RHR Heat Exchanger outlet temperature 1450F and steady
- All SGT Systems have Just been declared INOPERABLE I
, '6 Based on the above conditions, which ONE of the following procedures should be implemented?
A. 2-AOI-30B-1, Reactor Building Ventilation Failure.
B. 2-AOI-74-1, Loss of Shutdown Cooling.
U 2-AOI-78-1, Fuel Pool Cleanup System Failure D 2-AOI-79-1, Fuel Damage during Refueling.
. !e~L_
R Form ES-401-5
~IR~
TCK/RM
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
G2.1.13 (1 OCFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Knowledge of facility requirements for controlling vital/controlled access.
I Proposed Question: # 94 Given the following plant conditions:
An after hours emergency has occurred at BFN Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating G2.1.13 3.2 The Shift Manager (SM) has determined that a Maintenance individual with special skills is required inside the Protected Area of the plant When contacted the individual informs the SM that he has been drinking alcohol within the past 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> but feels good enough to report to work Which ONE of the following describes the decision made by the SM?
A. The individual shall NOT be called in.
B. The individual can be called in AND NOT tested under special exemption of SPP-1.2, "Fitness-For-Duty."
C. The individual can be called in AND shall be tested when on site. Blood alcohol level must be less than 0.02% to allow the individual access to the Protected Area.
D. The individual can be called in AND shall be tested when on site. Blood alcohol level must be less than 0.04% to allow the individual access to the Protected Area.
I Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Only if the individual declares that he/she is unfit, will the call-in attempt be aborted. FFD010, section FFD-09 provides guidance.
B INCORRECT: This procedure does not give guidance to exempting the test.
C INCORRECT: 0.02% is the limit for scheduled work. Per section FFD-09, 0.04% is the cutoff for unscheduled work.
D CORRECT: Per section FFD-09, 0.04% is the cutoff for unscheduled work.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
G2.1.13 (1 OCFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Knowledge of facility requirements for controlling vital/controlled access.
I Proposed Question: # 94 Given the following plant conditions:
An after hours emergency has occurred at BFN Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Form ES-401-5 The Shift Manager (SM) has determined that a Maintenance individual with special skills is required inside the Protected Area of the plant When contacted the individual informs the SM that he has been drinking alcohol within the past 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> but feels good enough to report to work Which ONE of the following describes the decision made by the SM?
A. The individual shall NOT be called in.
B. The individual can be called in AND NOT tested under special exemption of SPP-1.2, "Fitness-For-Duty."
C. The individual can be called in AND shall be tested when on site. Blood alcohol level must be less than 0.02% to allow the individual access to the Protected Area.
D. The individual can be called in AND shall be tested when on site. Blood alcohol level must be less than 0.04% to allow the individual access to the Protected Area.
I Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: Only if the individual declares that he/she is unfit, will the call-in attempt be aborted. FFD010, section FFD-09 provides guidance.
B INCORRECT: This procedure does not give guidance to exempting the test.
C INCORRECT: 0.02% is the limit for scheduled work. Per section FFD-09, 0.04% is the cutoff for unscheduled work.
D CORRECT: Per section FFD-09, 0.04% is the cutoff for unscheduled work.
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 Technical Reference(s):
FFD-10 Rev 10 (Attach if not previously provided)
SPP-1.2 Rev 12 (Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
Bank #
Modified Bank #
x (Note changes or attach parent)
Question History:
New Last NRC Exam (Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10/95 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
FFDOIO Re\\;sion 10 Page 7 of 36 FFD-09 FFD POLICY TVAcYs FFD policy dictates that you SHALL:
+ Report to work fit for duty. tUlimpaired from alcohol or dmgs. All employee, and worker" are prohibited from reporting to a TVAN work location tUlder the influence of illegal dmgs or alcohol at or aboYe the limits described in SSP-l.:!.
+ Abstain from alcohol for at least five (5) homs preceding regularly scheduled wOlk and long enougil to ensure blood alcohol content (BAC) is less than 0.02 percent. BAC levels of 0.02-0.039 are prohibited by TVAN policies and procedures. A BAC of 0.04 will be considered a positive alcohol test result. See Table oH.1inillllun Penalties for ViolatiOlb of the FFD Program for more specific infOI1U<1lion.
+ BAC leyels of 0.01 - 0.019 will be reviewed by Nuclear SecuriTy. Nuclear Access Senices. to detenlline if £luther actions are necessary.
+ EYery employee is expected to report to work FIT FOR nl:TY.
('
Consumption of alcohol is prohibited:
- If a person len\\"es work with the intent to renUll that day. or shift.
- If a person will be dri\\"iug a TVA \\"ehic1e.
If a person is scheduled to repolt to work within tl\\"e homs.
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 Technical Reference(s):
FFD-10 Rev 10 (Attach if not previously provided)
SPP-1.2 Rev 12 (Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
Bank #
Modified Bank #
x (Note changes or attach parent)
Question History:
New Last NRC Exam (Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10/95 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
FFDOIO Re\\;sion 10 Page 7 of 36 FFD-09 FFD POLICY TVAcYs FFD policy dictates that you SHALL:
+ Report to work fit for duty. tUlimpaired from alcohol or dmgs. All employee, and worker" are prohibited from reporting to a TVAN work location tUlder the influence of illegal dmgs or alcohol at or aboYe the limits described in SSP-l.:!.
+ Abstain from alcohol for at least five (5) homs preceding regularly scheduled wOlk and long enougil to ensure blood alcohol content (BAC) is less than 0.02 percent. BAC levels of 0.02-0.039 are prohibited by TVAN policies and procedures. A BAC of 0.04 will be considered a positive alcohol test result. See Table oH.1inillllun Penalties for ViolatiOlb of the FFD Program for more specific infOI1U<1lion.
+ BAC leyels of 0.01 - 0.019 will be reviewed by Nuclear SecuriTy. Nuclear Access Senices. to detenlline if £luther actions are necessary.
+ EYery employee is expected to report to work FIT FOR nl:TY.
('
Consumption of alcohol is prohibited:
- If a person len\\"es work with the intent to renUll that day. or shift.
- If a person will be dri\\"iug a TVA \\"ehic1e.
If a person is scheduled to repolt to work within tl\\"e homs.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5
(;
Policy Exception NPG Standard Programs and Processes Employee> at the sites or projects when called in for un~heduled work must be asked if dley are fit for duty k""ID if they hAve conslulled alcohol within ilie past five hours, Emergency Response Center persOlUlel "il0 are called by automated electronic systems are responsible for advi<;ing the C~Mr if they belie\\'e they are unfit to fepon for duty AoD if they ha\\'e conslUned alcohol within the last fiye hours,
- The sectiolL!department manager is responsible for ensuring these questions are asked and the answers are dOC1Ullented by the assigned caller on a fonn SPP*), 2-) or similar type fOIUI. Documentation of responses in ru,y timers (platUlers) is not acceptable, a
a I
Dunn~ ellh!r~encl~'S. ;'Ii, J~I"im.'<i by Ih~ I <!>poll'lble ;Up.!f\\,)~OI. th.: ab~III1"'I\\':c pC11cod 111.1)
\\\\,;1\\\\;.1 pro\\'ld~d ~ d,h:nUlI/aIIOn of iiulc,"" 10f dillY J; mndc "'Ill!! a,nllvlI t~,1 01 l~eilllJ allaly"" by :-;11.:1.,,11 S<:W1ly 01 by olh~r p"!'>Ululd 1l.1ul<<l 10 "dmuml~r the: \\1!';\\ a Jpplo\\ed by Sud':"1 Scclu'uy
. ' 0 'an.:lIoll~,hall k Ilpph<'(1 fM., po>JlIC l'l~alh,il"11},>!', I\\hen illl.:mpl(lyc~ I',-,Ilh:
III lor III1~dl~JIIJ.:d \\\\,)Ik IfIL~ I:lllp!OY"": [~INl1ed rhe.Ikoho) U: <tllh.: lime b.:,110: I\\a, c;,lI~" III.
Fitness-For-Duty SPP-1.2 Rev. 0012 Page 53 of 74 3.15 Cal/-in for Unscheduled Work 3.15.1 General NOTE Contractor employees will not be requested to report if alcohol has been consumed within the past five (5) hours except in true emergency situations.
A.
All individuals are expected to not consume alcohol for at least five (5) hours prior to reporting for SCHEDULED work and to report frt and within FFD guidelines. If called for unscheduled work the individual'S suitability for work must be determined.
The following must be done whenever an individual is being called in for unscheduled
- work,
- 1.
The caller will ask and will document (on Form SPP-1,2-1 or similar*type form) the individual'S responses to BOTH the following questions.
a, Are you fit to report to workiFFD?
- b.
Have you consumed alcohol within the past five (5) hours?
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5
(:
Policy Exception NPG Standard Programs and Processes Employee> at the sites or PJ'Ojects when called in for UllM:heduled work must be asked if they are fit for duty k"ID if they have cOI1'>'lulled alcohol within the past fh'e hours.
Emergency Response Center persOlUlel \\\\il0 are called by automated electronic systems are respon,ible for advi'iing the center if they beliew they are uufit to repon for duty k..... 'D if they ha\\'e conslUned alcohol within the last fiye hours.
- The section/department manager is responsible for emllring these questions are asked and the answers are dOClmlented by the assigned caller on a fonu SPP-1.2-1 or similar type fOl'llI. Documentation of responses in dny timers (planners) is not acceptable.
a I
, l~ '.llh:flollS,h.lll k applied f"r.\\ pO,II1', C l'lcath,11"1i) '>IS \\\\hcn all ':Illp!(ly~':.' ":,111.:
III lor UIl"h~JlIle.J \\\\<\\lk,fllll: I:mp!oy<< lI!'p,):1ed rhe ;Jkoholu,.: allh:: lUll<: It.:,ho:: \\\\a'
>;)\\1.:.\\ III.
Fitness-For-Duty SPP-1.2 Rev. 0012 Page 53 of 74 3,15 Call-in for Unscheduled Work 3.15.1 General NOTE Contractor employees will not be requested to report if alcohol has been consumed within the past five (5) hours except in true emergency situations.
A.
All individuals are expected to not consume alcohol for at least five (5) hours prior to reporting for SCHEDULED work and to report frt and within FFD guidelines. If called for unscheduled work the individual'S suitability for work must be determined.
The following must be done whenever an individual is being called in for unscheduled
'NOrk.
- 1.
The caller will ask and will document (on Form SPP-1.2-1 or similar-type form) the individual'S responses to BOTH the following questions.
- a.
Are you fit to report to worklFFD?
- b.
Have you consumed alcohol within the past five (5) hours?
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet
- 2.
The individual must advise the caller and the supervisor if he or she believes that he or she is unfit to report for work and if he or she has consumed alcohol within the past five (5) hours.
- 3.
If the answer to the "Are you fit to report to worklFFDT question is "no", then the individual should not be requested to report for unscheduled work. The caller will document the individual's stated reason(s) for being unfit to report.
- 4.
If the answer to the "Have you consumed alcohol within the past five (S) hours?"
question is "yes", the caller will document how much alcohol was consumed and when. The caller and supervisor will then decide whether or not to have the individual report for work.
Form ES-401-5 S.
If the answer to alcohol consumption question is "yes" (reference 4 above) and the caller and supervisor request that the individual report for work, then Nuclear Security on site shall be notified and be requested to administer a saliva test to the individual. This test shall be administered as soon as the individual arrives on site. The test shall be administered outside the Protected Area.
- 6.
If the test results are 0.039 or below, the individual's responsible supervisor shall determine if the individual can be permitted to work. The individual will not be subject to disciplinary action.
- 7.
If the results are 0.040 or above, the individual will NOT be permitted to work.
This will NOT be considered a positive test for FFD purposes.
Ori inal Question: 0610 Audit SRO Onl,
Given the following plant conditions:
An emergency has occured at 8FN requiring entry into the EPIPs The SM has determined that a maintenance individual with special skills is required onsite.
When contacted the individual informs the SM that he has been drinking alcohol within the past 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> but feels good enough to report to work Which ONE of the followingdes.cribes thedecision made by the SM?
A. The indiviual shall not be called in.
- 8. The indiviual can be called in. They shall tested when they arrive onsite,if their blood alcohol level is below.04% they may be allowed access to the controlled area.
Col The indiviual can be called in. They shall tested when they arrive onsite, if their blood alcohol level is below.02% they may be allowed access to the controlled area.
D. The indiviual can be called in without testing with special exemption allowed in
'SPP-1.3 Plant Access and Security' and '10 CFR 73.56, NRC Order for Compensatory Measures'.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet
- 2.
The individual must advise the caller and the supervisor if he or she believes that he or she is unfit to report for work and if he or she has consumed alcohol within the past five (5) hours.
- 3.
If the answer to the "Are you fit to report to worklFFDT question is "no", then the individual should not be requested to report for unscheduled work. The caller will document the individual's stated reason(s) for being unfit to report.
- 4.
If the answer to the "Have you consumed alcohol within the past five (S) hours?"
question is "yes", the caller will document how much alcohol was consumed and when. The caller and supervisor will then decide whether or not to have the individual report for work.
Form ES-401-5 S.
If the answer to alcohol consumption question is "yes" (reference 4 above) and the caller and supervisor request that the individual report for work, then Nuclear Security on site shall be notified and be requested to administer a saliva test to the individual. This test shall be administered as soon as the individual arrives on site. The test shall be administered outside the Protected Area.
- 6.
If the test results are 0.039 or below, the individual's responsible supervisor shall determine if the individual can be permitted to work. The individual will not be subject to disciplinary action.
- 7.
If the results are 0.040 or above, the individual will NOT be permitted to work.
This will NOT be considered a positive test for FFD purposes.
Ori inal Question: 0610 Audit SRO Onl,
Given the following plant conditions:
An emergency has occured at 8FN requiring entry into the EPIPs The SM has determined that a maintenance individual with special skills is required onsite.
When contacted the individual informs the SM that he has been drinking alcohol within the past 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> but feels good enough to report to work Which ONE of the followingdes.cribes thedecision made by the SM?
A. The indiviual shall not be called in.
- 8. The indiviual can be called in. They shall tested when they arrive onsite,if their blood alcohol level is below.04% they may be allowed access to the controlled area.
Col The indiviual can be called in. They shall tested when they arrive onsite, if their blood alcohol level is below.02% they may be allowed access to the controlled area.
D. The indiviual can be called in without testing with special exemption allowed in
'SPP-1.3 Plant Access and Security' and '10 CFR 73.56, NRC Order for Compensatory Measures'.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
G2.1.4 (10CFR 55.43.2 - SRO Only)
Knowledge of individual licensed operator responsibilities related to shift staffing, such as medical requirements, "no-solo" operation, maintenance of active license status, 1 OCFR55, etc.
Importance Rating I Proposed Question: # 95 You are a Shift Manager (SM) that has been on sick leave. You have returned to the site and have commenced OPDP-10, "License Status Maintenance, Reactivation and Proficiency for Non-Licensed Operators," Appendix-E, "Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant Requirements for Returning an Inactive License to Active Status."
Which ONE of the following sets of conditions correctly describes the elements required for re-activation, if you are being assigned to a crew?
- 1.
Perform 40 hours4.62963e-4 days <br />0.0111 hours <br />6.613757e-5 weeks <br />1.522e-5 months <br /> break-in under the current SM.
- 2.
As part of the plant tour, discuss focus areas with the Operations Superintendent.
- 3.
Prior to the break-in period, verify completion of a physical within the last 12 months.
- 4.
Obtain signed approval from the Operations Manager to resume licensed activities.
- 5.
Anytime during the break-in period, verify a simulator evaluation has been performed within the last 12 months.
- 6.
Prior to the break-in period, meet with the Operations Training Manager AND Operations Superintendent to discuss standards.
A. ONLY 1,3,6.
B. ONLY 1, 4,5.
C. ONLY 2,3,6.
D. ONLY 2,4,5.
I Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A CORRECT: (1) correct, OPDP-10, 4.0.B.1.a directs current SM (3) correct, OPDP-10, Appendix F. (6) correct, OPDP-10, Appendix E, 4.0.A.1, OTM &
Ops Superintendent required.
B INCORRECT: (1) correct, OPDP-10, 4.0.8.1.a directs current SM. (4) incorrect, OPDP-10, Appendix F, Plant Manager not Ops Manager. (5) incorrect, OPDP-10, 4.0.A.1, prior to, not during.
C INCORRECT: (2) incorrect, OPDP-10, 4.0.10.c, SM not Ops Superintendent. (3) correct, OPDP-10, Appendix F. (6) correct, OPDP-10, Appendix E, 4.0.A.1, OTM & Ops Superintendent required.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
G2.1.4 (10CFR 55.43.2 - SRO Only)
Knowledge of individual licensed operator responsibilities related to shift staffing, such as medical requirements, "no-solo" operation, maintenance of active license status, 1 OCFR55, etc.
Importance Rating I Proposed Question: # 95 You are a Shift Manager (SM) that has been on sick leave. You have returned to the site and have commenced OPDP-10, "License Status Maintenance, Reactivation and Proficiency for Non-Licensed Operators," Appendix-E, "Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant Requirements for Returning an Inactive License to Active Status."
Which ONE of the following sets of conditions correctly describes the elements required for re-activation, if you are being assigned to a crew?
- 1.
Perform 40 hours4.62963e-4 days <br />0.0111 hours <br />6.613757e-5 weeks <br />1.522e-5 months <br /> break-in under the current SM.
- 2.
As part of the plant tour, discuss focus areas with the Operations Superintendent.
- 3.
Prior to the break-in period, verify completion of a physical within the last 12 months.
- 4.
Obtain signed approval from the Operations Manager to resume licensed activities.
- 5.
Anytime during the break-in period, verify a simulator evaluation has been performed within the last 12 months.
- 6.
Prior to the break-in period, meet with the Operations Training Manager AND Operations Superintendent to discuss standards.
A. ONLY 1,3,6.
B. ONLY 1, 4,5.
C. ONLY 2,3,6.
D. ONLY 2,4,5.
I Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A CORRECT: (1) correct, OPDP-10, 4.0.B.1.a directs current SM (3) correct, OPDP-10, Appendix F. (6) correct, OPDP-10, Appendix E, 4.0.A.1, OTM &
Ops Superintendent required.
B INCORRECT: (1) correct, OPDP-10, 4.0.8.1.a directs current SM. (4) incorrect, OPDP-10, Appendix F, Plant Manager not Ops Manager. (5) incorrect, OPDP-10, 4.0.A.1, prior to, not during.
C INCORRECT: (2) incorrect, OPDP-10, 4.0.10.c, SM not Ops Superintendent. (3) correct, OPDP-10, Appendix F. (6) correct, OPDP-10, Appendix E, 4.0.A.1, OTM & Ops Superintendent required.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 D
INCORRECT: (2) incorrect, OPDP-10, 4.0.10.c SM not Ops Superintendent. (4) incorrect, OPDP-10, Appendix F, Plant Manager not Ops Manager. (5) incorrect, OPDP-10, 4.0.A.1, prior to, not during.
Technical Reference(s):
OPDP-10 rev ° (Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
(Note changes or attach parent)
Question History:
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X
Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
NPG Standard Department Procedure License Status Maintenance, Reactivation and Proficiency for Non-Licensed Positions Appendix C (Page 2 of 3)
OPDp*10 Rev. 0000 Page 15 of 30 Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant Requirements for Maintaining Active License Status 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS Appendix E (Page 1 of 5)
Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant Requirements for Returning an Inactive License to Active Status 1.0 PURPOSE This appendix is intended to provide additional guidance, to return a licensed individual to an active status.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 o
INCORRECT: (2) incorrect, OPDP-10, 4.0.10.c SM not Ops Superintendent. (4) incorrect, OPDP-10, Appendix F, Plant Manager not Ops Manager. (5) incorrect, OPDP-10, 4.0.A.1, prior to, not during.
Technical Reference(s):
OPDP-10 rev ° (Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
Bank #
(Note changes or attach parent)
New
--~
Question History:
Last NRC Exam (Optional - Questions validated at the facility since 10/95 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X
Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
NPG Standard Department Procedure License Status Maintenance, Reactivation and Proficiency for Non-Licensed Positions Appendix C (Page 2 of 3)
OPDp*10 Rev. 0000 Page 15 of 30 Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant Requirements for Maintaining Active License Status 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS Appendix E (Page 1 of 5)
Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant Requirements for Returning an Inactive License to Active Status 1.0 PURPOSE This appendix is intended to provide additional guidance, to return a licensed individual to an active status.
ES-401 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet A.
The following guidelines are to be used when reactivating a license:
- 1.
Prior to standing the minimum of 40 hours4.62963e-4 days <br />0.0111 hours <br />6.613757e-5 weeks <br />1.522e-5 months <br /> of shift functions, the licensed individual shall meet with the Operation Training Manager and the Operations Superintendent to discuss hislher current status and any standards and/or expectations. For certain individuals, additional requirements may be imposed (greater than those required by law) if directed by the Operations Superintendent Appendix E (Page 4 of 5)
Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant Requirements for Returning an Inactive License to Active Status 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS (continued)
- 10. As a minimum, the following shall be completed to satisfy the plant tour requirement
- a.
Review of Control Room logs and equipment status in order to ascertain current plant status and configuration.
- b.
Review of radiological conditions in the plant Form ES-401-5
- c.
Tour of accessible plant areas where significant modifications have occurred or major maintenance activities are occurring, with special attention if safety-related systems are int.'0lved.
(1)
Prior to beginning the tour, a discussion should be held with the Shift Manager to obtain guidance on which areas to focus on during the plant tour.
(2)
Document areas discussed on Appendix H and have the Shift Manager sign that the discussion was held.
(3)
The plant tour 'Nill be performed by the individual accompanied by a Licensed Reactor Operator or a Senior Reactor Operator, as applicable, and logged in the Narrative Log.
- 11. Additionally, the following are considerations for performing the plant tour:
- a.
ALARA will be considered when deciding which areas of the plant to tour.
- b.
The individual should walkdown additional areas, as he/she deems appropriate, to ensure hefshe is comfortable with plant conditions.
B.
Returning an Inactive Shift Manager to active Status
- 1.
Before resumption of independent Shift Manager duties, the Plant Manager or designee will certify the following:
- a.
The individual has completed 40 hours4.62963e-4 days <br />0.0111 hours <br />6.613757e-5 weeks <br />1.522e-5 months <br /> of break-in under the current Shift Manager.
- b.
Prior to a Shift Manager being assigned to an on-shift crew, that individual should attend simulator training with the other licensed members of that crew.
- c.
Documentation of completion shall be forwarded to Operations Training Manager for retention.
ES-401 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet A.
The following guidelines are to be used when reactivating a license:
- 1.
Prior to standing the minimum of 40 hours4.62963e-4 days <br />0.0111 hours <br />6.613757e-5 weeks <br />1.522e-5 months <br /> of shift functions, the licensed individual shall meet with the Operation Training Manager and the Operations Superintendent to discuss hislher current status and any standards and/or expectations. For certain individuals, additional requirements may be imposed (greater than those required by law) if directed by the Operations Superintendent Appendix E (Page 4 of 5)
Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant Requirements for Returning an Inactive License to Active Status 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS (continued)
- 10. As a minimum, the following shall be completed to satisfy the plant tour requirement
- a.
Review of Control Room logs and equipment status in order to ascertain current plant status and configuration.
- b.
Review of radiological conditions in the plant Form ES-401-5
- c.
Tour of accessible plant areas where significant modifications have occurred or major maintenance activities are occurring, with special attention if safety-related systems are int.'0lved.
(1)
Prior to beginning the tour, a discussion should be held with the Shift Manager to obtain guidance on which areas to focus on during the plant tour.
(2)
Document areas discussed on Appendix H and have the Shift Manager sign that the discussion was held.
(3)
The plant tour 'Nill be performed by the individual accompanied by a Licensed Reactor Operator or a Senior Reactor Operator, as applicable, and logged in the Narrative Log.
- 11. Additionally, the following are considerations for performing the plant tour:
- a.
ALARA will be considered when deciding which areas of the plant to tour.
- b.
The individual should walkdown additional areas, as he/she deems appropriate, to ensure hefshe is comfortable with plant conditions.
B.
Returning an Inactive Shift Manager to active Status
- 1.
Before resumption of independent Shift Manager duties, the Plant Manager or designee will certify the following:
- a.
The individual has completed 40 hours4.62963e-4 days <br />0.0111 hours <br />6.613757e-5 weeks <br />1.522e-5 months <br /> of break-in under the current Shift Manager.
- b.
Prior to a Shift Manager being assigned to an on-shift crew, that individual should attend simulator training with the other licensed members of that crew.
- c.
Documentation of completion shall be forwarded to Operations Training Manager for retention.
ES-401 To:
From Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Appendix F (Page 1 of 1)
Return to Active License Status Certification (BFN)
Date WME ____________________________________ _
A.
Licensee requalmcation training is current, including a simulator evaluation within the past 12 months in the position(s) to be assumed and the licensee has had a physical in the last two years. (To be verified prior to standing the 40 hours4.62963e-4 days <br />0.0111 hours <br />6.613757e-5 weeks <br />1.522e-5 months <br /> of shift functions under instruction.)
Date. __ ' __, __
- 8.
The qualifications and status of the licensed individual listed above are current and valid, and Standards and Expectations have been discussed, prior to standing the 40 hours4.62963e-4 days <br />0.0111 hours <br />6.613757e-5 weeks <br />1.522e-5 months <br /> of shift functions under instruction.
Operational Supefinterdern Date __, __ 1 __
C.
If the licensee has a medical restriction requiring corrective lenses, the licensee will verify that he/she has the proper corrective lenses required to Don SCBA available while performing license duties (NiA if corrective lenses are not required).
Oat. ___,__ __
D.
The above licensed individual has completed at least 40 hours4.62963e-4 days <br />0.0111 hours <br />6.613757e-5 weeks <br />1.522e-5 months <br /> of shift functions under the direction of an operator or senior operator, as appropriate, including a complete tour of the plant accompanied by a licensed RO or SRO, as applicable, and review of all required shift turnover procedures.
Operatioos Manag"'
Oate __, __ i __
Date __ ' __ { __
Date: __ 1 __, __
Date __ 1 __, __
E.
The above licensed individual is authorized to resume licensed activities.
Plant Manager Date ___ I __ 1 __
F.
Complete and Attach OPDP*10-1, Licensee Documentation Form (SRO & RO) as the cover sheet for this documentation.
cc:
()pefatioPs Manager Tra'nlng File licansee BROV'i'lS FERRY NUCLEAR PLANT Dat. __ i __ I __
REQUIREMENTS FOR RETURNING AN INACTIVE LICENSE TO ACTIVE STATIUS Form ES-401-5 ES-401 To:
From Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Appendix F (Page 1 of 1)
Return to Active License Status Certification (BFN)
Date WME ____________________________________ _
A.
Licensee requalmcation training is current, including a simulator evaluation within the past 12 months in the position(s) to be assumed and the licensee has had a physical in the last two years. (To be verified prior to standing the 40 hours4.62963e-4 days <br />0.0111 hours <br />6.613757e-5 weeks <br />1.522e-5 months <br /> of shift functions under instruction.)
Date. __ ' __, __
- 8.
The qualifications and status of the licensed individual listed above are current and valid, and Standards and Expectations have been discussed, prior to standing the 40 hours4.62963e-4 days <br />0.0111 hours <br />6.613757e-5 weeks <br />1.522e-5 months <br /> of shift functions under instruction.
Operational Supefinterdern Date __, __ 1 __
C.
If the licensee has a medical restriction requiring corrective lenses, the licensee will verify that he/she has the proper corrective lenses required to Don SCBA available while performing license duties (NiA if corrective lenses are not required).
Oat. ___,__ __
D.
The above licensed individual has completed at least 40 hours4.62963e-4 days <br />0.0111 hours <br />6.613757e-5 weeks <br />1.522e-5 months <br /> of shift functions under the direction of an operator or senior operator, as appropriate, including a complete tour of the plant accompanied by a licensed RO or SRO, as applicable, and review of all required shift turnover procedures.
Operatioos Manag"'
Oate __, __ i __
Date __ ' __ { __
Date: __ 1 __, __
Date __ 1 __, __
E.
The above licensed individual is authorized to resume licensed activities.
Plant Manager Date ___ I __ 1 __
F.
Complete and Attach OPDP*10-1, Licensee Documentation Form (SRO & RO) as the cover sheet for this documentation.
cc:
()pefatioPs Manager Tra'nlng File licansee BROV'i'lS FERRY NUCLEAR PLANT Dat. __ i __ I __
REQUIREMENTS FOR RETURNING AN INACTIVE LICENSE TO ACTIVE STATIUS Form ES-401-5
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
Level Tier#
Group #
KIA #
G2.2.19 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Knowledge of maintenance work order requirements.
G2.2.19 Importance Rating 3.4 I Proposed Question: # 96 You are about to review electronic Work Orders (WOs) that have just been generated.
Which ONE of the following sets of conditions correctly describes the elements that must be performed by you?
- 1.
Review existing WOs for duplicate deficiencies.
- 2.
Evaluate each WO within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of initiation.
- 3.
Determine the type of maintenance (corrective, elective, etc.).
- 4.
Review WOs that deal with material procurement.
- 5.
Determine if work can be performed as 'Toolpouch maintenance'.
- 6.
Consider whether the equipment should be restricted.
A. ONLY 2, 3, 6.
B. ONLY 1,3,5.
C. ONLY 2,4,6.
D. ONLY 1,4,5.
I Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A CORRECT: (2) correct, Per SPP-6.1 Step 3.3 A [1], requires SRO process WO w/I 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. (3) correct, Per SPP-6.1 Step 3.3.A [2] Non-emergency (6) correct, SPP-6.1 Step 3.3 A [3] SM/Designee performs.
B INCORRECT: (1) incorrect, Per SPP-6.1 Step 3.2 [C], WO initiator performs review for duplicate. (3) correct, Per SPP-6.1 Step 3.3.A [2] Non-Emergency (5) incorrect, Per SPP-6.1 Step 3.2 [A], WO initiator determines
'toolpouch maintenance' not SRO.
C INCORRECT: (2) correct, Per SPP-6.1 Step 3.3 A [1], requires SRO process WO w/l 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. (4) incorrect, Per SPP-6.1 3.0 note, does not require OPS review. (6) correct, SPP-6.1 Step 3.3 A [3]SM/Designee performs.
D INCORRECT: (1) incorrect, Per SPP-6.1 Step 3.2 [C], WO initiator performs review for duplicate. (4) incorrect, Per SPP-6.1 3.0 note, does not require OPS review. (5) incorrect, Per SPP-6.1 Step 3.2 [A], WO initiator determines 'tool pouch maintenance' not SRO.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
Level Tier#
Group #
KIA #
G2.2.19 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Knowledge of maintenance work order requirements.
G2.2.19 Importance Rating 3.4 I Proposed Question: # 96 You are about to review electronic Work Orders (WOs) that have just been generated.
Which ONE of the following sets of conditions correctly describes the elements that must be performed by you?
- 1.
Review existing WOs for duplicate deficiencies.
- 2.
Evaluate each WO within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of initiation.
- 3.
Determine the type of maintenance (corrective, elective, etc.).
- 4.
Review WOs that deal with material procurement.
- 5.
Determine if work can be performed as 'Toolpouch maintenance'.
- 6.
Consider whether the equipment should be restricted.
A. ONLY 2, 3, 6.
B. ONLY 1,3,5.
C. ONLY 2,4,6.
D. ONLY 1,4,5.
I Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A CORRECT: (2) correct, Per SPP-6.1 Step 3.3 A [1], requires SRO process WO w/I 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. (3) correct, Per SPP-6.1 Step 3.3.A [2] Non-emergency (6) correct, SPP-6.1 Step 3.3 A [3] SM/Designee performs.
B INCORRECT: (1) incorrect, Per SPP-6.1 Step 3.2 [C], WO initiator performs review for duplicate. (3) correct, Per SPP-6.1 Step 3.3.A [2] Non-Emergency (5) incorrect, Per SPP-6.1 Step 3.2 [A], WO initiator determines
'toolpouch maintenance' not SRO.
C INCORRECT: (2) correct, Per SPP-6.1 Step 3.3 A [1], requires SRO process WO w/l 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. (4) incorrect, Per SPP-6.1 3.0 note, does not require OPS review. (6) correct, SPP-6.1 Step 3.3 A [3]SM/Designee performs.
D INCORRECT: (1) incorrect, Per SPP-6.1 Step 3.2 [C], WO initiator performs review for duplicate. (4) incorrect, Per SPP-6.1 3.0 note, does not require OPS review. (5) incorrect, Per SPP-6.1 Step 3.2 [A], WO initiator determines 'tool pouch maintenance' not SRO.
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 Technical Reference(s):
SPP-6.1 Rev 6 (Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
M (Note changes or attach parent)
New x
Question History:
stNRCExam (Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X
Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
NPG Standard Work Order Process Initiation SPP-6.1 Programs and Rev. 0006 Processes Page 6 of 19 3.0 INSTRUCTIONS NOTE WOs created strictly for the purpose of material procurement require only the information on Screen 1 of the WO to be loaded and do not require Supervisor or Operations reviews. These WOs should be loaded with a maintenance type of MT (Material Tracking Only).
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 Technical Reference(s):
SPP-6.1 Rev 6 (Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
(Note changes or attach parent) x Question History:
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X
Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
NPG Standard Work Order Process Initiation SPP-6.1 Programs and Rev. 0006 Processes Page 6 of 19 3.0 INSTRUCTIONS NOTE WOs created strictly for the purpose of material procurement require only the information on Screen 1 of the WO to be loaded and do not require Supervisor or Operations reviews. These WOs should be loaded with a maintenance type of MT (Material Tracking Only).
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet 3.2 Initiation of Work Form ES-401-5 A.
Before initiating a we, the employee should evaluate the work to determine if it can be performed as "tool pouch maintenance: Refer to Appendix A for the definition of minor maintenance, criteria for evaluation, and performance of tool pouch maintenance. If the work meets the tool pouch maintenance criteria, perform the activity in accordance with Appendix A. No documentation or approval is required.
B.
If the work cannot be performed as "toolpouch maintenance," initiate a WO in accordance with this procedure.
C, If EMPAC is available, the WO will be initiated as follows:
- 1.
Review the existing open WOS in the system by entering the UNID in EMPAC to determine if the symptom, deficiency, or work requested already has an open WO. If no open WO exists, proceed to initiate the WO by entering the following information into the system. The following data must be entered as a minimum: If an open WO exists, exit the process.
- 2.
Initiate the WO by entering the following information into the system. The follOwing data must be entered as a minimum:
SM or Designee A.
General Requirements
- 1.
WOs shall be evaluated and prioritized within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.
- 2.
Evaluate the WO for Technical Specifications and for Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation Certificate of Compliance (ISFSI CoC) operability considerations. If the WO describes a deficiency that causes immediate entry into a Technical Specifications or ISFSI CoC Limiting Condition of Operation (LCO).
take appropriate action to enter and comply with the LCO.
- 3.
Consider whether equipment service should be restricted because of abnormal operating conditions.
- 4.
If the WO describes a deficiency that requires notification of the NRC or other outside government agency such as the Environmental Protection Agency or another federal, state, or local government agency, make the necessary notifications.
SM or Designee A.
Non-Emergency WOs
- 1.
If the work described justifies a we, prioritize the WO in accordance with SPP-7.1,
- 2.
Determine the type of maintenance (corrective, elective, enhancement other, preventive. inspection and testing or material tracking) and route to the appropriate maintenance group and to scheduling in parallel for processing in accordance with SPP-7.1. Refer to the definitions in SPP-7.1 for determining maintenance type,
- 3.
Refer to Appendix A for the definition of minor maintenance,
- 4.
If the work described does not justify a WO, disapprove the WO. The reason for disapproval should be. indicated.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet 3.2 Initiation of Work Form ES-401-5 A.
Before initiating a we, the employee should evaluate the work to determine if it can be performed as "tool pouch maintenance: Refer to Appendix A for the definition of minor maintenance, criteria for evaluation, and performance of tool pouch maintenance. If the work meets the tool pouch maintenance criteria, perform the activity in accordance with Appendix A. No documentation or approval is required.
B.
If the work cannot be performed as "toolpouch maintenance," initiate a WO in accordance with this procedure.
C, If EMPAC is available, the WO will be initiated as follows:
- 1.
Review the existing open WOS in the system by entering the UNID in EMPAC to determine if the symptom, deficiency, or work requested already has an open WO. If no open WO exists, proceed to initiate the WO by entering the following information into the system. The following data must be entered as a minimum: If an open WO exists, exit the process.
- 2.
Initiate the WO by entering the following information into the system. The follOwing data must be entered as a minimum:
SM or Designee A.
General Requirements
- 1.
WOs shall be evaluated and prioritized within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.
- 2.
Evaluate the WO for Technical Specifications and for Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation Certificate of Compliance (ISFSI CoC) operability considerations. If the WO describes a deficiency that causes immediate entry into a Technical Specifications or ISFSI CoC Limiting Condition of Operation (LCO).
take appropriate action to enter and comply with the LCO.
- 3.
Consider whether equipment service should be restricted because of abnormal operating conditions.
- 4.
If the WO describes a deficiency that requires notification of the NRC or other outside government agency such as the Environmental Protection Agency or another federal, state, or local government agency, make the necessary notifications.
SM or Designee A.
Non-Emergency WOs
- 1.
If the work described justifies a we, prioritize the WO in accordance with SPP-7.1,
- 2.
Determine the type of maintenance (corrective, elective, enhancement other, preventive. inspection and testing or material tracking) and route to the appropriate maintenance group and to scheduling in parallel for processing in accordance with SPP-7.1. Refer to the definitions in SPP-7.1 for determining maintenance type,
- 3.
Refer to Appendix A for the definition of minor maintenance,
- 4.
If the work described does not justify a WO, disapprove the WO. The reason for disapproval should be. indicated.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
G2.2.23 (10CFR 55.43.2 - SRO Only)
Ability to track Technical Specification limiting conditions for operations.
I Proposed Question: # 97 Level Tier #
Group #
KJA#
Importance Rating G2.2.23 Unit 3 is operating at 10% Reactor Power, with power ascension in progress following a Refueling outage.
The following discoveries were made by the Reactor Engineer:
Control Rod 30-31 Scram time to position 06 was 3.37 seconds Control Rod 26-27 Scram time to position 06 was 7.1 seconds Control Rod 22-23 Scram time to position 46 was 0.47 seconds Assuming NO Operator actions have yet been taken AND based on the above information, which ONE of the following describes the correct Tech Spec applicability?
[REFERENCE PROVIDED]
A. ALL three Rods are SLOW; Tech Spec 3.1.4 Condition 'A' entry is applicable.
4.6 B. ALL three Rods are SLOW; Tech Spec 3.1.4 is applicable, with Condition 'A' NOT required.
C. Rods 22-23 AND 30-31 are SLOW; an Information LCO for Tech Spec 3.1.4 is applicable.
Rod 26-27 is INOPERABLE, Tech Spec 3.1.3 Condition '0' entry is applicable.
D. Rods 22-23 AND 30-31 are SLOW; Tech Spec 3.1.4 is applicable, with Condition 'A' NOT required. Rod 26-27 is INOPERABLE, Tech Spec 3.1.3 Condition 'C' entry is applicable.
I Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: 22-23 and 30-31 are SLOW. 26-27 is INOPERABLE (see note 2 in TS 3.1.4). These rods are adjacent, but with 26-27 being INOPERABLE per T.S.3.1.4 Table 1 [note], the 2 SLOW rods are separated. Therefore LCO 3.1.4 'b' is NOT applicable.
B INCORRECT: 30-31 and 22-23 are SLOW. 26-27 is INOPERABLE (see note 2 in TS 3.1.4). These rods are adjacent, but with 26-27 being INOPERABLE per T.S.3.1.4 Table 1 [note], the 2 SLOW rods are separated. Therefore LCO 3.1.4 'b' is NOT applicable. An Information LCO is inappropriate. An Active LCO would be generated for each Rod, but with
< 13, and NO 2 SLOW are adjacent, NO actions are required, once < 13 and NO 2 SLOW are adjacent are verified.
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
G2.2.23 (10CFR 55.43.2 - SRO Only)
Ability to track Technical Specification limiting conditions for operations.
I Proposed Question: # 97 Level Tier #
Group #
KJA#
Importance Rating G2.2.23 Unit 3 is operating at 10% Reactor Power, with power ascension in progress following a Refueling outage.
The following discoveries were made by the Reactor Engineer:
Control Rod 30-31 Scram time to position 06 was 3.37 seconds Control Rod 26-27 Scram time to position 06 was 7.1 seconds Control Rod 22-23 Scram time to position 46 was 0.47 seconds Assuming NO Operator actions have yet been taken AND based on the above information, which ONE of the following describes the correct Tech Spec applicability?
[REFERENCE PROVIDED]
A. ALL three Rods are SLOW; Tech Spec 3.1.4 Condition 'A' entry is applicable.
4.6 B. ALL three Rods are SLOW; Tech Spec 3.1.4 is applicable, with Condition 'A' NOT required.
C. Rods 22-23 AND 30-31 are SLOW; an Information LCO for Tech Spec 3.1.4 is applicable.
Rod 26-27 is INOPERABLE, Tech Spec 3.1.3 Condition '0' entry is applicable.
D. Rods 22-23 AND 30-31 are SLOW; Tech Spec 3.1.4 is applicable, with Condition 'A' NOT required. Rod 26-27 is INOPERABLE, Tech Spec 3.1.3 Condition 'C' entry is applicable.
I Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A INCORRECT: 22-23 and 30-31 are SLOW. 26-27 is INOPERABLE (see note 2 in TS 3.1.4). These rods are adjacent, but with 26-27 being INOPERABLE per T.S.3.1.4 Table 1 [note], the 2 SLOW rods are separated. Therefore LCO 3.1.4 'b' is NOT applicable.
B INCORRECT: 30-31 and 22-23 are SLOW. 26-27 is INOPERABLE (see note 2 in TS 3.1.4). These rods are adjacent, but with 26-27 being INOPERABLE per T.S.3.1.4 Table 1 [note], the 2 SLOW rods are separated. Therefore LCO 3.1.4 'b' is NOT applicable. An Information LCO is inappropriate. An Active LCO would be generated for each Rod, but with
< 13, and NO 2 SLOW are adjacent, NO actions are required, once < 13 and NO 2 SLOW are adjacent are verified.
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 C
INCORRECT: 22-23 and 30-31 are SLOW. 26-27 is INOPERABLE (see note 2 in TS 3.1.4). These rods are adjacent, but with 26-27 being INOPERABLE per T.S. 3.1.4 Table 1 [note], the 2 SLOW rods are separated. Therefore LCO 3.1.4 'b' is NOT applicable. Power is at 10%, but NO indication of being out of pattern is given, therefore Condition '0' of 3.1.3 is inappropriate to enter. Concerning T.S.3.1.3 Condition 0, the candidate may think the SLOW rods may not comply with BPWS. If the actions of 3.1.3 'C' were taken, '0' would apply, but the stem referenced no actions have yet been taken.
D CORRECT: 22-23 and 30-31 are SLOW. 26-27 is INOPERABLE (see note 2 in TS 3.1.4). These rods are adjacent, but with 26-27 being INOPERABLE per T.S. 3.1.4 Table 1 [note], the 2 SLOW rods are separated. Therefore LCO 3.1.4 'b' is NOT applicable. An Active LCO would be generated for each Rod, but with < 13, and NO 2 SLOW are adjacent, NO actions are required, once < 13 and NO 2 SLOW are adjacent are verified. T.S.3.1.3 Condition C is appropriate for 26-27.
Technical Reference(s):
T.S.3.1.3, T.S.3.1.4 (Attach if not previously provided) 3-01-85 Rev 65 (Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
Tech Spec 3.1.3, 3.1.4 (NO BASES) & 3-01-85 Illustration 3 Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
(As available)
Bank #
Modified Bank #
New Last NRC Exam 0707 Audit # 92 (Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Comments:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
55.41 55.43 X
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 C
INCORRECT: 22-23 and 30-31 are SLOW. 26-27 is INOPERABLE (see note 2 in TS 3.1.4). These rods are adjacent, but with 26-27 being INOPERABLE per T.S. 3.1.4 Table 1 [note], the 2 SLOW rods are separated. Therefore LCO 3.1.4 'b' is NOT applicable. Power is at 10%, but NO indication of being out of pattern is given, therefore Condition '0' of 3.1.3 is inappropriate to enter. Concerning T.S.3.1.3 Condition 0, the candidate may think the SLOW rods may not comply with BPWS. If the actions of 3.1.3 'C' were taken, '0' would apply, but the stem referenced no actions have yet been taken.
D CORRECT: 22-23 and 30-31 are SLOW. 26-27 is INOPERABLE (see note 2 in TS 3.1.4). These rods are adjacent, but with 26-27 being INOPERABLE per T.S. 3.1.4 Table 1 [note], the 2 SLOW rods are separated. Therefore LCO 3.1.4 'b' is NOT applicable. An Active LCO would be generated for each Rod, but with < 13, and NO 2 SLOW are adjacent, NO actions are required, once < 13 and NO 2 SLOW are adjacent are verified. T.S.3.1.3 Condition C is appropriate for 26-27.
Technical Reference(s):
T.S.3.1.3, T.S.3.1.4 (Attach if not previously provided) 3-01-85 Rev 65 (Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
Tech Spec 3.1.3, 3.1.4 (NO BASES) & 3-01-85 Illustration 3 Learning Objective:
Question Source:
Question History:
(As available)
Bank #
Modified Bank #
New Last NRC Exam 0707 Audit # 92 (Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Comments:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
55.41 55.43 X
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 Control Rod Scram Times 3.1.4 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS 3.1.4 Control Rod Scram Times LCO 3.1.4
- a. No more than 13 OPERABLE control rods shall be "slow," in accordance with Table 3.1.4-1; and
- b. No more than 2 OPERABLE control rods that are "slow" shall occupy adjacent locations.
APPLICABILITY:
MODES 1 and 2.
ACTIONS CONDITION A. Requirements of the LCO A.1 not met.
REQUIRED ACTION Be in MODE 3.
COMPLETION TIME 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> Control Rod Scram Times 3.1.4 Table 3.1.4-1 (page 1 of 1)
Control Rod Scram Times
NOT E S ---------------------------------------------
- 1.
OPERABLE control rods with scram times not within the limits of this Table are considered "slow."
- 2.
Enter applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.1.3, "Control Rod OPERABILITY," for control rods with scram times> 7 seconds to notch position 06.
These control rods are inoperable, in accordance with SR 3.1.3.4, and are not considered "slow."
NOTCH POSITION 46 36 26 06 SCRAM TIMES(a)(b)
(seconds)
REACTOR STEAM DOME PRESSURE
(b) Scram times as a function of reactor steam dome pressure, when < 800 psig are within established limits.
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 Control Rod Scram Times 3.1.4 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS 3.1.4 Control Rod Scram Times LCO 3.1.4
- a. No more than 13 OPERABLE control rods shall be "slow," in accordance with Table 3.1.4-1; and
- b. No more than 2 OPERABLE control rods that are "slow" shall occupy adjacent locations.
APPLICABILITY:
MODES 1 and 2.
ACTIONS CONDITION A. Requirements of the LCO A.1 not met.
REQUIRED ACTION Be in MODE 3.
COMPLETION TIME 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> Control Rod Scram Times 3.1.4 Table 3.1.4-1 (page 1 of 1)
Control Rod Scram Times
NOT E S ---------------------------------------------
- 1.
OPERABLE control rods with scram times not within the limits of this Table are considered "slow."
- 2.
Enter applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.1.3, "Control Rod OPERABILITY," for control rods with scram times> 7 seconds to notch position 06.
These control rods are inoperable, in accordance with SR 3.1.3.4, and are not considered "slow."
NOTCH POSITION 46 36 26 06 SCRAM TIMES(a)(b)
(seconds)
REACTOR STEAM DOME PRESSURE
(b) Scram times as a function of reactor steam dome pressure, when < 800 psig are within established limits.
ES-401 1 ':
1 1
()3 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet NAME (print)
Form ES-401-5 INITIALS ES-401 1 ':
1 1
()3 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet NAME (print)
Form ES-401-5 INITIALS
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Control Rod OPERABILITY 3.1.3 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. (continued)
A.3 Perform SR 3.1.3.2 and 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> from SR 3.1.3.3 for each discovery of withdrawn OPERABLE Condition A control rod.
concurrent with THERMAL POWER greater than the low power setpoint (LPSP) of the RWM AND A.4 Perform SR 3.1.1.1.
72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> B. Two or more withdrawn B.1 Be in MODE 3.
12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> control rods stuck.
C. One or more control rods C.1
N 0 T E ------------
inoperable for reasons RWM may be bypassed other than Condition A or as allowed by B.
LCO 3.3.2.1, if required, to allow insertion of inoperable control rod and continued operation.
Fully insert inoperable 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> control rod.
AND C.2 Disarm the associated 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> CRD.
(continued)
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Control Rod OPERABILITY 3.1.3 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. (continued)
A.3 Perform SR 3.1.3.2 and 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> from SR 3.1.3.3 for each discovery of withdrawn OPERABLE Condition A control rod.
concurrent with THERMAL POWER greater than the low power setpoint (LPSP) of the RWM AND A.4 Perform SR 3.1.1.1.
72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> B. Two or more withdrawn B.1 Be in MODE 3.
12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> control rods stuck.
C. One or more control rods C.1
N 0 T E ------------
inoperable for reasons RWM may be bypassed other than Condition A or as allowed by B.
LCO 3.3.2.1, if required, to allow insertion of inoperable control rod and continued operation.
Fully insert inoperable 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> control rod.
AND C.2 Disarm the associated 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> CRD.
(continued)
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet AC liONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION D. ----------NOTE-------
0.1 Restore compliance with Not applicable when BPWS.
THERMAL POWER
> 10% RTP.
OR 0.2 Restore control rod to Two or more inoperable OPERABLE status.
control rods not in compliance with banked position withdrawal sequence (BPWS) and not separated by two or more OPERABLE control rods.
E. Required Action and E.1 Be in MODE 3.
associated Completion Time of Condition A. C, or o not met.
OR J
]
CompIMem COMP TierIGrOUp 212 Sjl$lProcetiJreli CRDM /085 Objective
~#
2.2.40
]
]
]I~~~~~--~~~~--~~.~.~.~I~.-.--.
~c -.~.~.~1~.~.--*~,~,-,~,~1-.-.~,----~1-.~'--.6 Unit 3 is operating at 40% power, with power ascension in progress following a Refueling outage.
The following discoveries were made by the Reactor Engineer
- Control Rod 30-31 Scram time to position 06 was 3.37 seconds
- Control Rod 18-23 Scram time to position 06 was 7.1 seconds
- Control Rod 18-19 Scram time to position 46 was 0.45 seconds.
Based on the above Information, select the applicable Tech Spec actions to apply?
REFERENCE PROVIDED A-' Information LCO for Tech Spec 3.1.4 on Rod 30-31 Active LCO for Tech Spec 3.1 3 on Rod 18-23 B Active LCO for Tech Spec 3.1.4 on Rod 30-31 Information LCOforTech Spec 3.1.3 on Rod 18-23.
C Information LCO for Tech Spec 3.1.4 on Rod 18-19 Information LCOforTech Spec 3.1.3 on Rod 18-23.
Active LCO for Tech Spec 3.1.4 on Rods 18-19 and 18-23.
Information LCO for Tech Spec 3.1.4 on Rod 30-31 COMPLETION TIME 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> 4 hours 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> AOISAO KA A$ing 3.4/4.7 Form ES-401-5 AOISAO Level SAO O<!te Cfe<!telMocify 7114108-BKC ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet AC liONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION D. ----------NOTE-------
D.1 Restore compliance with Not applicable when BPWS.
THERMAL POWER
> 10% RTP.
OR D.2 Restore control rod to Two or more inoperable OPERABLE status.
control rods not in compliance with banked position withdrawal sequence (BPWS) and not separated by two or more OPERABLE control rods.
E. Required Action and E.1 Be in MODE 3.
associated Completion Time of Condition A. C, or D not met.
OR J
]
CompIMem COMP TierIGrOUp 212 Sjl$lProcetiJreli CRDM /085 Objective
~#
2.2.40
]
]
]~~~------~----~~--.-.--.
~,-.-.-.-c-.-.-.~, -.-.~,-.~.-,~, -,-,-,-----,--, -'-'6 Unit 3 is operating at 40% power, with power ascension in progress following a Refueling outage.
The following discoveries were made by the Reactor Engineer
- Control Rod 30-31 Scram time to position 06 was 3.37 seconds
- Control Rod 18-23 Scram time to position 06 was 7.1 seconds
- Control Rod 18-19 Scram time to position 46 was 0.45 seconds.
Based on the above Information, select the applicable Tech Spec actions to apply?
REFERENCE PROVIDED A-' Information LCO for Tech Spec 3.1.4 on Rod 30-31 Active LCO for Tech Spec 3.1 3 on Rod 18-23 B Active LCO for Tech Spec 3.1.4 on Rod 30-31 Information LCOforTech Spec 3.1.3 on Rod 18-23.
C Information LCO for Tech Spec 3.1.4 on Rod 18-19 Information LCOforTech Spec 3.1.3 on Rod 18-23.
Active LCO for Tech Spec 3.1.4 on Rods 18-19 and 18-23.
Information LCO for Tech Spec 3.1.4 on Rod 30-31 COMPLETION TIME 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> 4 hours 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> AOISAO KA A$ing 3.4/4.7 Form ES-401-5 AOISAO Level SAO O<!te Cfe<!telMocify 7114108-BKC
ES*401 Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
RO SRO G2.3.11 (10CFR 55.43.4 - SRO Only)
Ability to control radiation releases.
I Proposed Question: # 98 G2.3.11 Importance Rating Unit 3 was operating at 100% Reactor Power, when a coolant leak in the Drywell caused a Reactor Scram. The following conditions are noted:
ALL Control Rods fully inserted Drywell Pressure is 25.4 psig and rising slowly Suppression Chamber Pressure is 24 psig and rising slowly Suppression Pool Level is 15 feet MAIN STEAM LINE RADIATION HIGH-HIGH, (3-9-3A, Window 27), is in alarm Given these conditions, which ONE of the following completes the statement?
Venting of the Primary Containment is accomplished per ____ _
4.3 A. 3-EOI APPENDIX-12, "Primary Containment Venting," irrespective of radioactive release rates.
B. 3-EOI-APPENDIX-13,"Emergency Venting Primary Containment," irrespective of radioactive release rates.
C. 3-EOI APPENDIX-12, "Primary Containment Venting," ONLY if radioactive release rates can be maintained below ODCM limits.
D. 3-EOI-APPENDIX-13, "Emergency Venting Primary Containment," ONLY if radioactive release rates can be maintained below ODCM limits.
I Proposed Answer: C I Explanation A
INCORRECT: With given Suppression Chamber Pressure < 55#, App-12 is appropriate, but must maintain release rate < ODCM limit.
(Optional):
B INCORRECT: With given Suppression Chamber Pressure < 55#, App-12 is appropriate, but must maintain release rate < ODCM limit.
C CORRECT: Release rates are requires to be controlled per step 12 of APPENDIX-12.
D INCORRECT: With given Suppression Chamber Pressure < 55#, App-12 is appropriate, but must maintain release rate < ODCM limit. Plausible in that the candidate may incorrectly evaluate the given conditions ES*401 Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
RO SRO G2.3.11 (10CFR 55.43.4 - SRO Only)
Ability to control radiation releases.
I Proposed Question: # 98 G2.3.11 Importance Rating Unit 3 was operating at 100% Reactor Power, when a coolant leak in the Drywell caused a Reactor Scram. The following conditions are noted:
ALL Control Rods fully inserted Drywell Pressure is 25.4 psig and rising slowly Suppression Chamber Pressure is 24 psig and rising slowly Suppression Pool Level is 15 feet MAIN STEAM LINE RADIATION HIGH-HIGH, (3-9-3A, Window 27), is in alarm Given these conditions, which ONE of the following completes the statement?
Venting of the Primary Containment is accomplished per ____ _
4.3 A. 3-EOI APPENDIX-12, "Primary Containment Venting," irrespective of radioactive release rates.
B. 3-EOI-APPENDIX-13,"Emergency Venting Primary Containment," irrespective of radioactive release rates.
C. 3-EOI APPENDIX-12, "Primary Containment Venting," ONLY if radioactive release rates can be maintained below ODCM limits.
D. 3-EOI-APPENDIX-13, "Emergency Venting Primary Containment," ONLY if radioactive release rates can be maintained below ODCM limits.
I Proposed Answer: C I Explanation A
INCORRECT: With given Suppression Chamber Pressure < 55#, App-12 is appropriate, but must maintain release rate < ODCM limit.
(Optional):
B INCORRECT: With given Suppression Chamber Pressure < 55#, App-12 is appropriate, but must maintain release rate < ODCM limit.
C CORRECT: Release rates are requires to be controlled per step 12 of APPENDIX-12.
D INCORRECT: With given Suppression Chamber Pressure < 55#, App-12 is appropriate, but must maintain release rate < ODCM limit. Plausible in that the candidate may incorrectly evaluate the given conditions
ES*401 Technical Reference(s):
Written Examination Question Worksheet 3-EOI-2 Rev 7 3-EOI Appendix-12 Rev 3 Form ES*401*5 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
(Note changes or attach parent)
New x
Question History:
Last NRC Exam (Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Comments:
Comprehension or Analysis X
55.41 55.43 X
3-EOI APPENDIX-12 PRIMARY CONTAINMENT VENTING
- 'OCATION:
Unit 3 Contr01 Room ATTACHMENTS:
1. Vent System Overview
? o3t -LOCA Release Rate Table
- ~
CAUTION
- i ES*401 Technical Reference(s):
Written Examination Question Worksheet 3-EOI-2 Rev 7 3-EOI Appendix-12 Rev 3 Form ES*401*5 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
(Note changes or attach parent)
New x
Question History:
Last NRC Exam (Optional - Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Comments:
Comprehension or Analysis X
55.41 55.43 X
3-EOI APPENDIX-12 PRIMARY CONTAINMENT VENTING
- "'OCAT I ON:
Uni t 3 Cont r 0 1 Room ATTACHMENTS:
1. Vent System Overview
? ost - LOCA Release Rate Table
- ~
CAUTION
- i
ES-401 Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 3-EOI APP E~DI X - i:
Rev. 3 Pace 2 of 6 CAUTION Venting Primary Containment during CAD additi on is outside the 2AD s ystem FSAR design basis.
5.
IF... While ezecuting t tis pn..:cedure, CAD additi on peL SAMG-:, Step G-4 OR G -~"
is to beg i n,
THEN. BEFORE CAD i s init.iated,
PERFORM Step 13 :::, seCULe the v'2nt "(8th.
NOTE:
Venting may be accomplished using EITHER:
- 3-FIC-S4-1S, PATH B VENT F~ OW COKT, OR 3-FIC-8 4-:0, PATH A VE?-TT FLOW CONT.
Release rates a 5 determined below:
- i.
IF.
. PRI!VJl.RY CONTP.: NMENT FLOOD ING per C-i,
Alternate Level Control, is in progress, THEN.
. MAINTAIN release ra tes be l ow those specified i n Attachmen t :.
ii.
IF.
. Severe Accident Mana gemen t Guideli nes are being executed, THEN.
.MAINTAIN release rate s be l ow those specified by the TSC SAM Team.
ES*401 Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 3-EO I APPE~ DI X - i:
Rev. 3 Pace 2 of 6 CAUTION Venting Primary Cont ainment during CAD additi o n is outside the 2AD s ystem FSAR design basis.
5.
IF *.* Whi le ezecuting t J:is prccedure, CAD addition per SAMG-:, Step G-4 OR G-9, is t o begin, THEN. BEFORE CAD i s init.iaced, PERFORM Step 1 3 c::, secure the V'2nt "("*ath.
NOTE:
Venting may be accompl ished using EITH ER :
3 -FI C-84-1~,
PATH B VENT F~ OW COKT, OR 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VE?'JT FLOW CONT.
Release rates as determined below:
- i.
IF.
. PRI!VJl.RY CONTJl.:NMENT FLOODIl"G p er C-,;"
Alternate Level Cont r ol, is in progress,
THEN.
.MAINTAIN rel ease rates be l ow tho ::;e speci f ied i n Attachment :.
ii.
IF.
. Severe Accident Management Guidelines are being exe cuted,
THEN.
.MAINTAIN release rate s be l ow those specified by the TSC SAM Team.
ES-401 Written Examination Question Worksheet MONITOR AND CONTROL PC PRESS BElOW 2.4 PSIG USING HE VENT SYSTEM (J'PPX 12) AS NECESSARY PCtP*l PCfP-'~
NO L IS SUI'f>R I'LL \\Il BB.OW 20FT YES
- 0)
L VENT T1-IE SUI'PR OlMBR IRRESPECTIVE OF OfFsrfE RADlOACTlvny RELEASE RATE :Af>PX ':l, NO L YESL L
I'Cil'-17 Form ES-401-5 L
VENT THE DW IRRESPECTMO OF OFFSffE RAOIOACl1V1TY RB.EAS RATE(APPX '))
L ES-401 Written Examination Question Worksheet MONITOR AND CONTROL PC PRESS BElOW 2.4 PSIG USING HE VENT SYSTEM (J'PPX 12) AS NECESSARY PCtP*l PCfP-'~
NO L IS SUI'f>R I'LL \\Il BB.OW 20FT YES
- 0)
YES L
L VENT T1-IE SUI'PR OlMBR IRRESPECTIVE OF OfFsrfE RADlOACTlvny RELEASE RATE :Af>PX ':l, NO L L
I'Cil'-17 Form ES-401-5 L
VENT THE DW IRRESPECTMO OF OFFSffE RAOIOACl1V1TY RB.EAS RATE(APPX '))
L
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
Level Tier #
Group #
KJA#
G2.3.7 (10CFR 55.43.415 - SRO Only)
Ability to comply with radiation work permit requirements during normal or abnormal conditions.
Importance Rating I Proposed Question: # 99 In accordance with RCDP-3, "Administration of Radiation Work Permits," which ONE of the following completes the statement?
The_(1)_ may authorize short term deviation from RWP requirements. The_(2)_must authorize immediate entry into areas during emergency situations AND approval requirements of RWP will be waived.
A. (1) Radiation Protection Supervisor (2) Shift Manager B. (1) Operations Unit Supervisor (2) Shift Manager C. (1) Radiation Protection Supervisor (2) Radiation Protection Manager D. (1) Operations Unit Supervisor (2) Radiation Protection Manager I Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A CORRECT: Part 1 = correct - Per RCOP-3, "Administration of Radiation Work Permits", RAOCON Supervision may authorize short term deviations (excluding regulatory and procedural deviations) from RWP requirements without revising the RWP. Part 2 = correct - Per RCOP-3, "Administration of Radiation Work Permits", in emergency situations where the Shift Manager authorizes immediate entry to an area, the prior approval requirements of a RWP will be waived.
B INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect but plausible in that Unit Supervisor is an SRO and member of shift management. Part 2 = correct for reasons detailed in A.
C INCORRECT: Part 1 = correct, as detailed in A. Part 2 = incorrect for reasons detailed in A and plausible in that RPM is the senior RP management on site.
o INCORRECT: Both parts are incorrect for reasons detailed in A.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
G2.3.7 (10CFR 55.43.415 - SRO Only)
Ability to comply with radiation work permit requirements during normal or abnormal conditions.
I Proposed Question: # 99 Level Tier #
Group #
KJA#
Importance Rating G2.3.7 In accordance with RCDP-3, "Administration of Radiation Work Permits," which ONE of the following completes the statement?
3.6 The_(1)_ may authorize short term deviation from RWP requirements. The_(2)_must authorize immediate entry into areas during emergency situations AND approval requirements of RWP will be waived.
A. (1) Radiation Protection Supervisor (2) Shift Manager B. (1) Operations Unit Supervisor (2) Shift Manager C. (1) Radiation Protection Supervisor (2) Radiation Protection Manager D. (1) Operations Unit Supervisor (2) Radiation Protection Manager I Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A CORRECT: Part 1 = correct - Per RCOP-3, "Administration of Radiation Work Permits", RAOCON Supervision may authorize short term deviations (excluding regulatory and procedural deviations) from RWP requirements without revising the RWP. Part 2 = correct - Per RCOP-3, "Administration of Radiation Work Permits", in emergency situations where the Shift Manager authorizes immediate entry to an area, the prior approval requirements of a RWP will be waived.
B INCORRECT: Part 1 = incorrect but plausible in that Unit Supervisor is an SRO and member of shift management. Part 2 = correct for reasons detailed in A.
C INCORRECT: Part 1 = correct, as detailed in A. Part 2 = incorrect for reasons detailed in A and plausible in that RPM is the senior RP management on site.
o INCORRECT: Both parts are incorrect for reasons detailed in A.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Technical Reference( s):
RCDP-3 Rev 2 (Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
Question History:
Bank #
Modified Bank #
New X
Last NRC Exam (Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X
Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
TVAN STANDARD DEPARTMENT PROCEDURE ADMINISTRATION OF RADIATION WORK PERMITS RCDP-J Rev. 2 Page 6 of 11 3.6.5 RWPs describe the minimum requirements for performing radiological work.
RADCON job coverage personnel or supervision may verbally require additional protective requirements for certain aspects of a work activity without revising the RWP. RADCON supervision may also authorize short-term deviations (excluding regulatory and procedural deviations) from RWP requirements without revising the RWP. Any deviations shall be documented in the RADCON Computer System RWP logbook.
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 Technical Reference( s):
RCDP-3 Rev 2 (Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
(As available)
Question Source:
Question History:
Bank #
Modified Bank #
New Last NRC Exam (Note changes or attach parent) x (Optional-Questions validated at the facility since 10195 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X
Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
TVAN STANDARD DEPARTMENT PROCEDURE ADMINISTRATION OF RADIA nON WORK PERMITS RCDP-J Rev. 2 Page 6 of 11 3.6.5 RWPs describe the minimum requirements for performing radiological work.
RADCON job coverage personnel or supervision may verbally require additional protective requirements for certain aspects of a work activity without revising the RWP. RADCON supervision may also authorize short-term deviations (excluding regulatory and procedural deviations) from RWP requirements without revising the RWP. Any deviations shall be documented in the RADCON Computer System RWP logbook.
ES-401 TV AN STANDARD DEPARTMENT PROCEDURE Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet ADMINISTRATION OF RADIATION WORK PERMITS RCDP-3 Rev. 2 Form ES-401-5 Page 7 of 11 3.6.7 The use of the RADCON Computer System to log RWP entries and exits may be suspended during emergency conditions. In emergency situations where the Shift Manager authorizes immediate entry to an area. the pnor approval requirements of a RWP will be waived. If the RWP approval requirement is waived, RADCON and the personnel escorted by RADCON must comply with radIation protection procedures for entry into hIgh radiation areas (i.e., RADCON individual is equipped with radiation dose rate momtoring device and provides positive control over activities within the area to include protective recommendations for the personnel being escorted for the duration of the emergency). Radiation surveillance by virtue of RADCON escort is considered to be continuous coverage. The RWP must be completed when the emergency entry is completed Of the emergency is over. At the completion of the exempt work, actions will be taken to document (in the RADCON Computer System) the work. entries, exits, dose accrued, etc. Per WBN Tech specs and FSAR, this step does not apply to WBN.
ES-401 TV AN STANDARD DEPARTMENT PROCEDURE Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet ADMINISTRATION OF RADIATION WORK PERMITS RCDP-3 Rev. 2 Form ES-401-5 Page 7 of 11 3.6.7 The use of the RADCON Computer System to log RWP entries and exits may be suspended during emergency conditions. In emergency situations where the Shift Manager authorizes immediate entry to an area. the pnor approval requirements of a RWP will be waived. If the RWP approval requirement is waived, RADCON and the personnel escorted by RADCON must comply with radIation protection procedures for entry into hIgh radiation areas (i.e., RADCON individual is equipped with radiation dose rate momtoring device and provides positive control over activities within the area to include protective recommendations for the personnel being escorted for the duration of the emergency). Radiation surveillance by virtue of RADCON escort is considered to be continuous coverage. The RWP must be completed when the emergency entry is completed Of the emergency is over. At the completion of the exempt work, actions will be taken to document (in the RADCON Computer System) the work. entries, exits, dose accrued, etc. Per WBN Tech specs and FSAR, this step does not apply to WBN.
ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Examination Outline Cross-reference:
G2.4.8 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Knowledge of how abnormal operating procedures are used in conjunction with EOPs.
I Proposed Question: # 100 Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating Form ES*401*5 Unit 1 was operating in Mode 1 when an inadvertent Scram occurred. 1-EOI-1, "RPV Control,"
AND 1-C-5, "Level/Power Control," are currently being executed.
The following conditions exist:
1-EOI APPENDIX -10, "Insert Control Rods Using Reactor Manual Control System," is being executed Reactor Water Level AND Pressure control are still being established Drywell Pressure is 4 psig and rising slowly MSIVs are closed Boron Injection is required AND Standby Liquid Control Pump 1A is operating DRYWELL RADIATION HIGH, (1-9-7C, Window 15), is alarming AND verified valid The Unit Operator now reports that ALL control rods are inserted to position 00.
Upon exiting 1-C-5, which ONE of the following describes the correct set of steps to execute?
A. Stop Boron injection, Exit the RC/Q leg of 1-EOI-1, AND Enter 1-AOI-1 00-1, "Reactor Scram."
B. Continue Boron injection, Exit the RC/Q leg of1-EOI-1, AND Enter 1-AOI*100-1, "Reactor Scram."
C. Stop Boron injection, Exit 1-EOI-1, AND Enter 1-GOI-100-12A,"Unit Shutdown from Power Operation to Cold Shutdown and Reductions in Power During Power Operations."
D. Continue Boron injection, Exit 1-EOI-1, AND Enter 1-GOI-100-12A,"Unit Shutdown from Power Operation to Cold Shutdown and Reductions in Power During Power Operations."
I Proposed Answer: B ES*401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
G2.4.8 (10CFR 55.43.5 - SRO Only)
Knowledge of how abnormal operating procedures are used in conjunction with EOPs.
I Proposed Question: # 100 Level Tier #
Group #
KIA #
Importance Rating G2.4.8 4.5 Unit 1 was operating in Mode 1 when an inadvertent Scram occurred. 1-EOI-1, "RPV Control,"
AND 1-C-5, "Level/Power Control," are currently being executed.
The following conditions exist:
1-EOI APPENDIX -10, "Insert Control Rods Using Reactor Manual Control System," is being executed Reactor Water Level AND Pressure control are still being established Drywell Pressure is 4 psig and rising slowly MSIVs are closed Boron Injection is required AND Standby Liquid Control Pump 1A is operating DRYWELL RADIATION HIGH, (1-9-7C, Window 15), is alarming AND verified valid The Unit Operator now reports that ALL control rods are inserted to position 00.
Upon exiting 1-C-5, which ONE of the following describes the correct set of steps to execute?
A. Stop Boron injection, Exit the RC/Q leg of 1-EOI-1, AND Enter 1-AOI-1 00-1, "Reactor Scram."
B. Continue Boron injection, Exit the RC/Q leg of1-EOI-1, AND Enter 1-AOI*100-1, "Reactor Scram."
C. Stop Boron injection, Exit 1-EOI-1, AND Enter 1-GOI-100-12A,"Unit Shutdown from Power Operation to Cold Shutdown and Reductions in Power During Power Operations."
D. Continue Boron injection, Exit 1-EOI-1, AND Enter 1-GOI-100-12A,"Unit Shutdown from Power Operation to Cold Shutdown and Reductions in Power During Power Operations."
I Proposed Answer: B
ES-401 Explanation (Optional):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 A
INCORRECT: part 1 = incorrect, RC/Q-2 step directs the stopping of Boron Injection if: The reactor will remain subcritical without Boron under all conditions and NOT required by other procedures. ARP 1-9-7C-W15 directs the continuation of Boron injection. Part 2 = correct, Only the RC/Q leg is exited and 1-AOI-100-1 is entered.
B CORRECT: part 1 = correct, RC/Q-2 step directs the stopping of Boron Injection if: The reactor will remain subcritical without Boron under all conditions and NOT required by other procedures. ARP 1-9-7C-W15 directs the continuation of Boron injection. Part 2 = correct, Only the RC/Q leg is exited and 1-AOI-100-1is entered.
C INCORRECT: part 1 = incorrect, RC/Q-2 step directs the stopping of Boron Injection if: The reactor will remain subcritical without Boron under all conditions and NOT required by other procedures. ARP 1-9-7C-W15 directs the continuation of Boron injection. Part 2 = incorrect, Only the RC/Q leg is exited and 1-AOI-100-1is entered. 1-GOI-100-12A is directed from other flow charts which are not applicable to the above set of conditions. The candidate is required to have sufficient knowledge of all EOI flow charts, thus distinguishing which chart directs what procedure(s) to enter.
D INCORRECT: part 1 = incorrect, RC/Q-2 step directs the stopping of Boron Injection if: The reactor will remain subcritical without Boron under all conditions and NOT required by other procedures. ARP 1-9-7C-W15 directs the continuation of Boron injection. This level would be appropriate to use if all rods not full-in. Part 2 = incorrect, Only the RC/Q leg is exited and 1-AOI-100-1 is entered. 1-GOI-100-12A is directed from other flow charts which are not applicable to the above set of conditions. The candidate is required to have sufficient knowledge of all EOI flow charts, thus distinguishing which chart directs what procedure(s) to enter.
Technical Reference(s):
1-EOI-1 flowchart Rev 0, 1-9-7C Rev 20 OPL 171.201 Rev 7 (Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
V.B.7 (As available)
Question Source:
Bank #
I'.'
J
,,', c
'- Modified Bank #
(Note changes or attach parent)
New X
Question History:
last NRC Exam (Optional - Questions validated at the facility since 10/95 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES-401 Explanation (Optional):
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES-401-5 A
INCORRECT: part 1 = incorrect, RC/Q-2 step directs the stopping of Boron Injection if: The reactor will remain subcritical without Boron under all conditions and NOT required by other procedures. ARP 1-9-7C-W15 directs the continuation of Boron injection. Part 2 = correct, Only the RC/Q leg is exited and 1-AOI-100-1 is entered.
B CORRECT: part 1 = correct, RC/Q-2 step directs the stopping of Boron Injection if: The reactor will remain subcritical without Boron under all conditions and NOT required by other procedures. ARP 1-9-7C-W15 directs the continuation of Boron injection. Part 2 = correct, Only the RC/Q leg is exited and 1-AOI-100-1is entered.
C INCORRECT: part 1 = incorrect, RC/Q-2 step directs the stopping of Boron Injection if: The reactor will remain subcritical without Boron under all conditions and NOT required by other procedures. ARP 1-9-7C-W15 directs the continuation of Boron injection. Part 2 = incorrect, Only the RC/Q leg is exited and 1-AOI-100-1is entered. 1-GOI-100-12A is directed from other flow charts which are not applicable to the above set of conditions. The candidate is required to have sufficient knowledge of all EOI flow charts, thus distinguishing which chart directs what procedure(s) to enter.
D INCORRECT: part 1 = incorrect, RC/Q-2 step directs the stopping of Boron Injection if: The reactor will remain subcritical without Boron under all conditions and NOT required by other procedures. ARP 1-9-7C-W15 directs the continuation of Boron injection. This level would be appropriate to use if all rods not full-in. Part 2 = incorrect, Only the RC/Q leg is exited and 1-AOI-100-1 is entered. 1-GOI-100-12A is directed from other flow charts which are not applicable to the above set of conditions. The candidate is required to have sufficient knowledge of all EOI flow charts, thus distinguishing which chart directs what procedure(s) to enter.
Technical Reference(s):
1-EOI-1 flowchart Rev 0, 1-9-7C Rev 20 OPL 171.201 Rev 7 (Attach if not previously provided)
(Including version / revision number)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
NONE Learning Objective:
V.B.7 (As available)
Question Source:
Question History:
Bank #
Modified Bank #
New X
last NRC Exam (Note changes or attach parent)
(Optional - Questions validated at the facility since 10/95 will generally undergo less rigorous review by the NRC; failure to provide the information will necessitate a detailed review of every question.)
Question Cognitive Level:
Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X
10 CFR Part 55 Content:
55.41 55.43 X
Comments:
ES*401 OPL171.201 r7
- 1.
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 Coordination of the EOls and Other Plant Procedures
- a.
Other procedures, such as AOls, ARPs, EPIPs, etc., have event specific entry conditions and may be used to supplement EOls. In some instances the EOls will direct the operators to the unit operating procedures (Ols, GOls, and AOls) for completion of specific tasks. Usually, the EOls direct the operators to specific EOI Appendices. The Appendices are specific task related procedures written to satisfy directives given within the EOls.
~ y I
MONITOR AND CONTROL RX POWER RC'Q*l
+
IL WHILE EXECUTING THE FOLLOWING STEPS:
If
- I1W'I
, STOP BORON INJ lJNt.ESS REOUiRED THE RE/IC. TOR Will REMAIN SUOCRtTfCAl By OTHeR PROCEDURES l't!ItiQJ.Il BORON UNDER ALL CONCiTIOHS 2 EX IT RC!O AND (SEE NOTE.
eNTER AQI -100-I _ REACTOR SCRAM 0*
THE RX IS SUBc:RITICAL EXIT RClO AND iIUQ ENTER AOf, 100,1, REACTOR SCRAM fjQ BORON HAS BeEN 'NJECTEQ Re!0-2 L
ES*401 OPL171.201 r7
- 1.
Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet Form ES*401*5 Coordination of the EOls and Other Plant Procedures
- a.
Other procedures, such as AOls, ARPs, EPIPs, etc., have event specific entry conditions and may be used to supplement EOls. In some instances the EOls will direct the operators to the unit operating procedures (Ols, GOls, and AOls) for completion of specific tasks. Usually, the EOls direct the operators to specific EOI Appendices. The Appendices are specific task related procedures written to satisfy directives given within the EOls.
~ y I
MONITOR AND CONTROL RX POWER RC'Q*l
+
IL WHILE EXECUTING THE FOLLOWING STEPS:
If
- I1W'I
, STOP BORON INJ lJNt.ESS REOUiRED THE RE/IC. TOR Will REMAIN SUOCRtTfCAl By OTHeR PROCEDURES l't!ItiQJ.Il BORON UNDER ALL CONCiTIOHS 2 EX IT RC!O AND (SEE NOTE.
eNTER AQI -100-I _ REACTOR SCRAM 0*
THE RX IS SUBc:RITICAL EXIT RClO AND iIUQ ENTER AOf, 100,1, REACTOR SCRAM fjQ BORON HAS BeEN 'NJECTEQ Re!0-2 L
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet ROQ. '6 IS Sl C INJE CT ING ItfTO THE RPV YES L NO L IN.lECT BORON INTO H E RPV W1 lli CRO PUMP 16 IAPPX ~ I RC/(). 17
&C HASINJECrED ""' 0 Ilif RPV TO" 1 AN< Lv\\' OF 43'"
CONTINUE L
RCKl* 16 EXIT RCJ() AND ENTER AO I->lOO*l. REACTOR SCRAM L
RClO-19 BFN Unit 1 Operator
( '\\
1.;
(-'\\
',?.;
I
~1DO I >
REACTOR SCRAM NOTES lliE REACTOR 'NIU R EtMlN SUBCRrTlCl>I.lM.Il:!QIJI BORON UNOER AlL CONDIT IONS WHEN
Ql£.i\\RE INSERTI;OlO OR BEYOND POSrTlON 00 llB.
DETERMINED BY REI\\CTOR ENGlNEERING Tse STAFF MAY REc o...lE"-O AN ALTERNATE CURVE FOR STAn ON BLACKOUT PER O-A0I-57-'"
Panel 9-7 1-XA-55-7C 1-ARP-9-7C Rev. 0020 Page 21 of 41 DRYWELL RADIATION HIGH 1-RA-90-272. Window 16 (Page 2 of 2)
Action: (Continued )
Referencn:
E IF ALL the following conditions exist.
Alarm IS delermlned to be valid.
0 The reactor wlll remain subcritical Wlthout boron Inlectlon under all conditions 0
Lea~age of primary coolant into pnmal)' containment IS indicated 0
THEN within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> of alann. INJECT SLC for ahemate source term control by placing SLC PUMP IAilB. I*H$*63-6A In the START A OR START B position 0
F REFER TO EPIPs.
0 G. IF star1ed at Operator Action Step E, THEN WHEN SLC tank reaches "0". STOP the running SLC Pump 0
1-45EG20-9-t. 2 0-4 7Eo1 0-90-2 Technical Specifications 3.3 3.1 Form ES-401-5 L
ES-401 Sample Written Examination Question Worksheet RClQ-16 IS SLC INJECT ING ItfTO THE RPV YES L NO L IN.JECT BORON INTO Tft': Rf'VWl TH CRO PUMP 18 IAPPX E }
RC!Q. 1r SLCHA!l IJoIJECI'ED IurHfllPvrOO\\
1 AN( lYl. (F A3'!1o CQHTINUE L
RCKl* 18 EXIT RCJ() AND ENT£R AOI*,lOO*l. REACTO R SCRAM L
RC/O* 19 BFN Unit 1 Operator C'
1j (2'-
-.j NOTES THE REACTOR WILL REtMlN SI..tiCRrTlCN. 'ti!Il:!QIl[ BORON UNGER ALL CONDITIONS WHEN ALL CONTROl. RODS ARE INSERTS) TO OR BEYQI;O POSiTION Ol Q!i AU CON TROl ROOS ~
Ql£.ARE INSERTED TO OR BEYOND POSITION 00 ll!i DETERMINED BY REACTOR ENGlNEERING TSC STAFF MAY RECOMME...v AN ALTERNA rE CURVE FOR STAn ON BLACKOUT PER O-A()1-.57-1A Panel 9-7 1-XA-55-7C 1-ARP-9-7C Rev, 0020 Page 21 of 41 DRYWEll RADIATION HIGH l-RA-90-272. Window 1~
(Page 2 of 2)
Action : (Continued)
Referencn:
E IF ALL the following condItions exis!.
Alarm is delermlned to be valid, 0
The reactor will remaIn subcritical Wlthout ooron mjectlon under all conditions 0
lea~age of primary coolant into pnmary containment is indlcateo 0
THEN withm 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> of alann, INJECT SLC for altemate source term control by placing SlC PUMP IAllB, I*H$*63-6A in the START A OR START B position, 0
F REFER TO EPIPs.
0 G. IF,!aned at Operator Action Step E, THEN WHEN SLC tank reaches "0", STOP the running SlC Pump 0
1-45EG20*9-I, 2 0-47E510*90-2 Technical Specifications 3.3 3.1 Form ES-401-5 L